WO2008000834A1 - Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds - Google Patents

Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008000834A1
WO2008000834A1 PCT/EP2007/056604 EP2007056604W WO2008000834A1 WO 2008000834 A1 WO2008000834 A1 WO 2008000834A1 EP 2007056604 W EP2007056604 W EP 2007056604W WO 2008000834 A1 WO2008000834 A1 WO 2008000834A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
het
formula
compounds
alkyl
row
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2007/056604
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Markus Kordes
Delphine Breuninger
Ronan Le Vezouet
Christopher Koradin
Livio Tedeschi
Michael Puhl
Deborah L. Culbertson
Original Assignee
Basf Se
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to EP07765747A priority Critical patent/EP2041089A1/en
Priority to AU2007264941A priority patent/AU2007264941A1/en
Priority to EA200900014A priority patent/EA200900014A1/en
Priority to US12/305,419 priority patent/US7989394B2/en
Priority to MX2008016319A priority patent/MX2008016319A/en
Priority to AP2008004724A priority patent/AP2008004724A0/en
Application filed by Basf Se filed Critical Basf Se
Priority to CN2007800314613A priority patent/CN101506166B/en
Priority to JP2009517232A priority patent/JP2009541452A/en
Priority to BRPI0713656-0A priority patent/BRPI0713656A2/en
Priority to CA002655404A priority patent/CA2655404A1/en
Publication of WO2008000834A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008000834A1/en
Priority to IL195838A priority patent/IL195838A0/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/20—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/14—Ectoparasiticides, e.g. scabicides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/40—Acylated substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/44—Radicals substituted by doubly-bound oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen atoms, or by two such atoms singly-bound to the same carbon atom
    • C07D213/46—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D213/50—Ketonic radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/38—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/52—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1 -hetaryl-ethane compounds and 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1 -hetaryl-ethane compounds and their salts which are useful for combating animal pest, in particular insects, arachnids and nematodes.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for combating such pests and for protecting crops against infestation or infection by such pests.
  • the present invention relates to veterinary compositions for combating animal pests.
  • EP 097013 discloses hetarylalkyl azoline compounds which are useful as fungicides and aquatic plant growth regulators.
  • WO 2005/063724 describes 1-(azolin-2-yl)amino-1 ,2-diphenylethane compounds which are useful for combating insects, arachnids and nematodes.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl,
  • phenyl or benzyl wherein the phenyl ring in the last two mentioned radicals may be unsubstituted or may carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals which are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of halogen, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, d-C ⁇ - haloalkyl, d-C ⁇ -alkylthio, d-C ⁇ -haloalkylthio, d-C ⁇ -alkoxy and d-C ⁇ -haloalkoxy;
  • A is a radical of the formulae A 1 or A 2 :
  • X is sulfur, oxygen or NR 7 ;
  • R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, d-C ⁇ -alkyl, d-C ⁇ -haloalkyl, d-C ⁇ -alkyl- amino, Ci-C6-alkoxy, Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkoxy, C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halo- cycloalkyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkoxy and
  • Ci-C ⁇ -alkylthio and wherein C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl and d-Ce-haloalkyl;
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, nitro, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl, Ci-C ⁇ -alkoxy, (Ci-C6-alkoxy)methylen, CrC 6 -alkylthio, CrC 6 -alkylsulfinyl, CrC 6 -alkylsulfonyl, wherein the aliphatic moieties in the aforementioned radicals may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated and/or may carry 1
  • phenyl, phenyloxy or benzyl wherein the phenyl ring in each of the last three mentioned radicals may be unsubstituted or may carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, d-Ce-alkyl, Ci-C 6 -haloalkyl, Ci-C 6 -alkylthio, Ci-C 6 -haloalkylthio, Ci-C 6 -alkoxy and Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkoxy radicals;
  • Het is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroa- toms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur as ring members, wherein the heteroaromatic ring may be fused to a ring selected from phenyl, a saturated or partially unsaturated 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocycle and a fused 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, which contains 1 , 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members,
  • n 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4,
  • Y is a single bond, O, S, NH, Ci-C ⁇ -alkandiyl or Ci-C ⁇ -alkandiyloxy
  • Ar' is phenyl, naphthyl or a mono- or bicyclic 5- to 10-membered hetero- aromatic ring, which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members, wherein Ar' is unsubstituted or may carry any combination of 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, d-Ce-alkyl, d-C ⁇ -haloalkyl, Ci-C 6 -alkoxy, C 2 -C 6 -alkenyloxy,
  • Cy is C3-C8-cycloalkyl, which is unsubstituted or may carry any combination of 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkyl, Ci-C ⁇ -alkoxy,
  • R 9 has one of the meanings given for R 5 ;
  • n radicals R 10 is a phenyl or naphthyl which carry any combination of n radicals R 10 :
  • n 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5
  • R 10 has one of the meanings given for R 8 ; and wherein two radicals R 10 that are bound to adjacent carbon atoms of the phenyl ring may also form, together with said carbon atoms, a fused benzene ring, a fused saturated or partially unsaturated 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocycle or a fused 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic he- terocycle, which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members, and wherein the fused ring is unsubsti- tuted or may carry 1 , 2, 3 or 4 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, d-C ⁇ -alkyl, d-C ⁇ -alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, d-C
  • R a and R b are each independently from one another selected from hydrogen, d-Ce-alkyl, Ci-C 6 -haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 -alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 -haloalkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, or C2-C6-haloalkynyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, ni- tro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, d-C ⁇ -alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl,
  • R c is selected from hydrogen, d-C ⁇ -alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl, Ci-C 6 -alkylthio,Ci-C 6 -alkoxy, (Ci-C 6 -alkyl)amino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, hydrazine (Ci-C6-alkyl)hydrazino, di(d-C6-alkyl)- hydrazino, wherein the aliphatic parts of the aforementioned groups may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated or may carry any combination of one, two or three radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, d-C ⁇ -alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, d-
  • phenyl and a mono- or bicyclic 5- to 10-membered heteroaromatic ring, which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members, wherein phenyl and the heteroaromatic ring are unsubstituted or may carry any combination of 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkyl, Ci-C ⁇ -alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkoxy and Ci-C ⁇ -alkylthio;
  • the present invention relates to 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds of the general formula I and the salts thereof. These compounds have a high pesticidal activity and are active against a broad spectrum of animal pests se- lected from insects, arachnids and nematodes.
  • the compounds of formula I and their salts are particularly useful for combating animal pests.
  • the present invention provides the use of compounds of formula I and the salts thereof for protecting plants against damage by animal pest.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for combating animal pests, in particular insects, arachnids and nematodes, by treating said pest with at least one compound of formula I and/or salt thereof.
  • the method comprises contacting the animal pests, or the environment in which the animal pests live or grow or may live or grow or the materials, plants, seeds, soils, surfaces or spaces to be protected from animal attack or infestation with at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of the formula I and/or salt thereof.
  • the present invention also provides a method for protecting crops from attack or infes- tation by animal pests, in particular insects, arachnids and nematodes.
  • Said method comprises contacting a crop with at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of formula I and/or salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method for the protection of seeds from soil insects and of the seedlings' roots and shoots from insects.
  • Said method comprises contacting the seeds before sowing and/or after pregermination with at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I and/or salt thereof.
  • the invention relates to seed, comprising at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)- amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I and/or salt thereof.
  • compositions for combating animal pests comprising at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the general formula I and/or salt thereof, and at least one carrier material.
  • the pre- sent invention relates to agricultural compositions for combating such pests, in particular insects, nematodes or arachnids, preferably in the form of directly sprayable solutions, emulsions, pastes oil dispersions, powders, materials for scattering, dusts or in the form of granules, which comprise at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of the general formula I and/or an agriculturally useful salt thereof and at least one agriculturally acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention also provides the use of compounds of formula I and the salts thereof for combating parasites in and on animals.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for protecting animals against infestation or infection by parasites which comprises administering a parasiti- cally effective amount of at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I and/or salt thereof to the animal in need thereof.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for treating animals infestated or infected by parasites which comprises administering a parasitically effective amount of at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I and/or salt thereof to the animal in need thereof.
  • the present invention provides a veterinary composition
  • a veterinary composition comprising at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I and/or a veterinary useful salt thereof and at least one veterinary acceptable carrier.
  • the invention provides 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of the general formula Il
  • Het, Ar, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , R 4c and R 4d have the meanings given above and wherein R z is hydrogen, or acetyl and the salts thereof.
  • R z is hydrogen, or acetyl and the salts thereof.
  • These compounds have a high pesticidal activity and are active against a broad spectrum of animal pests, in particular against insects, arachnids and nematodes. Therefore, the compounds of the formula Il and their salts can be used in similar methods and compositions as described for the compounds of the formula I.
  • the compounds of the formulae I and Il may have one or more centers of chirality, in which case they are present as mixtures of stereoisomers, such as enantiomers or diastereomers.
  • the present invention provides both the pure stereoisomers, e.g. the pure enantiomes or diastereomers, and mixtures thereof.
  • the compounds of formulae I and Il may also exist in the form of different tautomers.
  • the invention comprises the single tautomers, if seperable, as well as the tautomer mixtures.
  • the scope of the present invention includes the (R)- and (S)-isomers and the racemates of compounds of formulae I and Il having chiral centers
  • Salts of the compounds of the formulae I and Il are preferably agriculturally or veteri- narily acceptable salts. They can be formed in a customary method, e.g. by reacting the compound with an acid of the anion in question if the compound of formulae I and II, respectively, has a basic functionality or by reacting an acidic compound of formulae I and II, respectively, with a suitable base.
  • Suitable agriculturally useful salts are especially the salts of those cations or the acid addition salts of those acids whose cations and anions, respectively, do not have any adverse effect on the action of the compounds according to the present invention.
  • Suit- able cations are in particular the ions of the alkali metals, preferably lithium, sodium and potassium, of the alkaline earth metals, preferably calcium, magnesium and barium, and of the transition metals, preferably manganese, copper, zinc and iron, and also ammonium (NH 4 + ) and substituted ammonium in which one to four of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-hydroxyalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-alkoxy- Ci-C4-alkyl, hydroxy-Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl or benzyl.
  • substi- tuded ammonium ions comprise methylammonium, isopropylammonium, dimethylam- monium, diisopropylammonium, trimethylammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetra- ethylammonium, tetrabutylammonium, 2-hydroxyethylammonium, 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)- ethylammonium, bis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium, benzyltrimethylammonium and benzyl- triethylammonium, furthermore phosphonium ions, sulfonium ions, preferably tri(Ci-C4-alkyl)sulfonium, and sulfoxonium ions, preferably tri(Ci-C4-alkyl)sulfoxonium.
  • Anions of useful acid addition salts are primarily chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydrogen sulfate, sulfate, dihydrogen phosphate, hydrogen phosphate, phosphate, nitrate, hy- drogen carbonate, carbonate, hexafluorosilicate, hexafluorophosphate, benzoate, and the anions of Ci-C4-alkanoic acids, preferably formate, acetate, propionate and bu- tyrate. They can be formed by reacting a compound of formulae I with an acid of the corresponding anion, preferably of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid or nitric acid.
  • the organic moieties mentioned in the above definitions of the variables are - like the term halogen - collective terms for individual listings of the individual group members.
  • the prefix C n -Cm indicates in each case the possible number of carbon atoms in the group.
  • halogen denotes in each case fluorine, bromine, chlorine or iodine, in particular fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
  • Ci-C6-alkyl refers to a saturated straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, especially 1 to 4 carbon groups, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-
  • Ci-C6-haloalkyl refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above), where some or all of the hydrogen atoms in these groups may be replaced by halogen atoms as mentioned above, for example Ci-C4-haloalkyl, such as chloromethyl, bromomethyl, di- chloromethyl, trichloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloro- fluoromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, 1-chloroethyl, 1-bromoethyl, 1-fluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2-chloro-2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloro-2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2-dichloro-2-
  • Ci-C ⁇ -alkoxy refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via an oxygen atom.
  • Examples include Ci-C ⁇ -alkoxy such as methoxy, ethoxy, OCH2-C2H5, OCH(CHs) 2 , n-butoxy, OCH(CHs)-C 2 H 5 , OCH 2 -CH(CHs) 2 , OC(CHs) 3 , n-pentoxy, 1-methylbutoxy, 2-methylbutoxy, 3-methylbutoxy, 1 ,1-dimethylpropoxy, 1 ,2-dimethyl- propoxy, 2,2-dimethyl-propoxy, 1-ethylpropoxy, n-hexoxy, 1-methylpentoxy, 2-methyl- pentoxy, 3-methylpentoxy, 4-methylpentoxy, 1 ,1-dimethylbutoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, 1 ,3-d
  • Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkoxy refers to a Ci-C ⁇ -alkoxy group as mentioned above wherein the hydrogen atoms are partially or fully substituted by fluorine, chlorine, bromine and/or iodine, i.e., for example, Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkoxy such as chloro- methoxy, dichloromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chlorofluoromethoxy, dichlorofluoromethoxy, chlorodifluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2-chloroethoxy, 2-bromoethoxy, 2-iodoethoxy, 2,2-difluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2-chloro-2-fluoroethoxy, 2-chloro-2,2-difluoroethoxy, 2,2-dichloro- 2-fluoroethoxy,
  • 5-fluoro-1-pentoxy 5-chloro-1-pentoxy, 5-bromo-1-pentoxy, 5-iodo-1-pentoxy, 5,5,5-trichloro-1-pentoxy, undecafluoropentoxy, 6-fluoro-1-hexoxy, 6-chloro-1-hexoxy, 6-bromo-1-hexoxy, 6-iodo-1-hexoxy, 6,6,6-trichloro-1-hexoxy or dodecafluorohexoxy, in particular chloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2-chloroethoxy or 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy.
  • Ci-C6-alkoxy-Ci-C6-alkyl refers to Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl wherein 1 carbon atom carries a Ci-C6-alkoxy radical as mentioned above.
  • Examples are CH2-OCH3, CH2-OC2H5, n-propoxymethyl, CH2-OCH(CH3)2, n-butoxymethyl, (1-methylpropoxy)- methyl, (2-methylpropoxy)methyl, CH 2 -OC(CH 3 )S, 2-(methoxy)ethyl, 2-(ethoxy)ethyl, 2-(n-propoxy)ethyl, 2-(1-methylethoxy)ethyl, 2-(n-butoxy)ethyl, 2-(1-methylpropoxy)- ethyl, 2-(2-methylpropoxy)ethyl, 2-(1 ,1-dimethylethoxy)ethyl, 2-(methoxy)propyl, 2-(ethoxy)propyl, 2-(n
  • (Ci-Ce-alkylJcarbonyl) refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) bonded via the carbon atom of the carbonyl group at any bond in the alkyl group.
  • Ci-C ⁇ -alkylcarbonyl such CO-CH3, CO-C2H5, n-propylcarbonyl, 1-methylethylcarbonyl, n-butylcarbonyl, 1-methylpropylcarbonyl, 2-methylpropylcarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl- carbonyl, n-pentylcarbonyl, 1-methylbutylcarbonyl, 2-methylbutylcarbonyl, 3-methyl- butylcarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylcarbonyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpropylcarbonyl, 2,2-dimethyl- propylcarbonyl, 1-ethylpropylcarbonyl, n-hexylcarbonyl, 1-methylpentylcarbonyl, 2-methylpentylcarbonyl, 3-methylpentylcarbonyl, 4-methylpentylcarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethyl- butylcarbonyl, 1 ,2-dimethyl
  • (Ci-C6-alkoxy)carbonyl refers to a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group (as mentioned above) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms attached via the carbon atom of the carbonyl group, for example CO-OCH 3 , CO-OC 2 H 5 , CO-OCH 2 -C 2 H 5 , CO-OCH(CHs) 2 , n-butoxycarbonyl, CO-OCH(CHs)-C 2 H 5 , CO-OCH 2 -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , CO-OC(CH3)3, n-pentoxycarbonyl, 1-methylbutoxycarbonyl, 2-methylbutoxycarbonyl, 3-methylbutoxycarbonyl, 2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1 -ethylpropoxycarbonyl, n-hexoxycarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1 -methylpentoxy
  • (Ci-C6-alkyl)carbonyloxy refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) bonded via the carbon atom of the carbonyloxy group at any bond in the alkyl group, for example O-CO-CH3, 0-CO-C 2 H 5 , n-propylcarbonyloxy, 1-methylethylcarbonyloxy, n-butylcarbonyloxy, 1 -methylpropylcarbonyloxy, 2-methylpropylcarbonyloxy, 1 ,1-dimethylethylcarbonyloxy, n-pentylcarbonyloxy, 1-methylbutylcarbonyloxy, 2-methylbutylcarbonyloxy, 3-methylbutylcarbonyloxy, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylcarbonyloxy or 1 ,2-dimethylpropylcarbonyloxy.
  • Ci-C ⁇ -alkylthio (Ci-C ⁇ -alkylsulfanyl: Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl-S-)" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via a sulfur atom, for example Ci-C4-alkylthio such as methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, 1-methylethylthio, butylthio, 1-methylpropylthio, 2-methylpropylthio, 1 ,1-dimethylethylthio, n-pentylthiocarbonyl, 1-methylbutylthio, 2-methylbutylthio, 3-methylbutylthio, 2,2-dimethylpropylthio, 1-ethylpropylthio, n-hexyl- thio, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylthio, 1
  • (Ci-Ce-alkylthioJcarbonyl) refers to a straight-chain or branched alkthio group (as mentioned above) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms attached via the carbon atom of the carbonyl group. Examples include CO-SCH3, CO-SC2H5, CO-SCH 2 -C 2 H 5 , CO-SCH(CHa) 2 , n-butylthiocarbonyl, CO-SCH(CHa)-C 2 H 5 ,
  • Ci-C6-alkylamino refers to a secondary amino group carrying one alkyl group as defined above, e.g. methylamino, ethylamino, propylamine 1-methyl- ethylamino, butylamino, 1-methylpropylamino, 2-methylpropylamino, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl- amino, pentylamino, 1-methylbutylamino, 2-methylbutylamino, 3-methylbutylamino, 2,2-dimethylpropylamino, 1-ethylpropylamino, hexylamino, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylamino, 1 ,2-dimethylpropylamino, 1-methylpentylamino, 2-methylpentylamino, 3-methylpentyl- amino, 4-methylpentylamino, 1 ,1-dimethylbutylamino, 1 ,2-dimethylbutylamino,
  • di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino) refers to a tertiary amino group carrying two alkyl radicals as defined above, e.g. dimethylamino, diethylamino, di-n-propylamino, diiso- propylamino, N-ethyl-N-methylamino, N-(n-propyl)-N-methylamino, N-(isopropyl)- N-methylamino, N-(n-butyl)-N-methylamino, N-(n-pentyl)-N-methylamino, N-(2-butyl)- N-methylamino, N-(isobutyl)-N-methylamino, N-(n-pentyl)-N-methylamino, N-(n-propyl)- N-ethylamino, N-(isopropyl)-N-ethylamino, N
  • C2-C6-alkenyl as used herein and in the alkenyl moieties of C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkenylamino, C2-C6-alkenylthio, C2-C6-alkenylsulfonyl,
  • (C2-C6-alkenyl)carbonyl, (C2-C6-alkenyloxy)carbonyl and (C2-C6-alkenyl)carbonyloxy refers to a straight-chain or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and a double bond in any position, such as ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-methyl-ethenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl; 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-methyl-1-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-butenyl, 3-methyl-1-butenyl, 1-methyl-2-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-methyl-3-butenyl, 2-methyl
  • C2-C6-alkenyloxy refers to a straight-chain or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via an oxygen atom, such as vinyloxy, allyloxy (propen-3-yloxy), methallyloxy, buten-4-yloxy, etc..
  • C2-C6-alkenylthio refers to a straight-chain or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via a sulfur atom, for example vinylsulfanyl, allylsulfanyl (propen-3-ylthio), methallylsufanyl, buten-4-ylsulfanyl, etc..
  • C2-C6-alkenylamino refers to a straight-chain or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via the nitrogen atom of the amino group, for example vinylamino, allylamino (propen-3- ylamino), methallylamino, buten-4-ylamino, etc.
  • C2-C6-alkenylsulfonyl refers to a straight-chain or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via a sulfonyl (SO2) group, for example vinylsulfonyl, allylsulfonyl (propen-3-ylsulfonyl), methallylsufonyl, buten-4-ylsulfonyl, etc.
  • SO2 sulfonyl
  • C2-C6-alkynyl refers to a straight- chain or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and containing at least one triple bond, such as ethynyl, prop-1-yn-1-yl, prop-2-yn-1-yl, n-but-1-yn-1-yl, n-but-1-yn-3-yl, n-but-1-yn-4-yl, n-but-2-yn-1-yl, n-pent-1-
  • C2-C6-alkynyloxy refers to a straight-chain or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via an oxygen atom, such as propargyloxy (propyn-3-yloxy), butyn-3-yloxy, and butyn-4-yloxy.
  • C2-C6-alkynylthio refers to a straight-chain or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via a sulfur atom, such as propargylsulfanyl (propyn-3-ylthio), butyn-3-ylsufanyl and butyn- 4-ylsulfanyl.
  • C2-C6-alkynylamino refers to a straight-chain or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via the nitogen atom of an amino group, such as propargylamino (propyn-3-ylamino), bu- tyn-3-amino, and butyn-4-ylamino.
  • C2-C6-alkynylsulfonyl refers to a straight-chain or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via a sulfonyl (SO2) group, such as propargylsulfonyl (propin-3-yltsulfonyl), butin-3-ylsufonyl and butin-4-ylsulfonyl.
  • SO2 sulfonyl
  • Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl refers to a mono- or bi- or polycyclic hydrocarbon radical having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, in particular 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of monocyclic radicals comprise cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclo- heptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl and cyclodecyl.
  • Examples of bicyclic radicals comprise bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl and bicyclo[3.2.1]octyl.
  • 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring refers to a monocyclic heteroaromatic radical which has 5 or 6 ring members, which may comprise a fused 5, 6 or 7 membered ring thus having a total number of ring members from 8 to 10, wherein in each case 1 , 2, 3 or 4 of these ring members are heteroatoms selected, independently from each other, from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • the heterocyclic radical may be attached to the remainder of the molecule via a carbon ring member or via a nitrogen ring member.
  • the fused ring comprises C5-C7-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cz-cycloalkenyl, or 5 to 7 membered heterocyclyl and phenyl.
  • Examples for monocyclic 5- to 6-membered heteroaromatic rings include triazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isothiazolyl and isoxa- zolyl.
  • Examples for 5- to 6-membered heteroaromatic rings carrying a fused phenyl ring are quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuryl, benzthienyl, benzo[b]thiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, and benzimidazolyl.
  • mono- or bicyclic 5- to 10-membered heterocyclyl comprises monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaromatic rings as defined above and monocyclic and bicyclix non- aromatic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic rings having 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 ring members.
  • non-aromatic rings examples include pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, imida- zolinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, 1 ,3-dioxolanyl, dioxolenyl, thiolanyl, dihydrothienyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxa- zolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, isothiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxathiolanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, thiopyranyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, tetra
  • 5-, 6- or 7-membered carbocycle comprises monocyclic aromatic rings and nonaromatic saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic rings having 5, 6 or 7 ring members.
  • non-aromatic rings include cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cyclohep- tenyl, cycloheptadienyl and the like.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkoxy and Ci-C ⁇ -alkylthio, and wherein C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen and Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl and isobutyl.
  • R 4a , R 4b , R 4c and R 4d are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl, and Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkyl. More preference is given to compounds of the formula I wherein R 4a , R 4b , R 4c and R 4d are selected from hydrogen.
  • radicals R 4a , R 4b , R 4c or R 4d are selected from halogen, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl, and Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkyl and the other radicals R 4a , R 4b , R 4c or R 4d are hydrogen.
  • R c is preferably hydrogen, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl,
  • Preference is given to compounds I wherein the carbon atom which carries the radical A has S-configuration.
  • a preferred embodiment of the invention relates to compounds of the formula I in which at least one of the integers m or n is different from 0.
  • R 10 is selected from halogen, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, and Ci-C ⁇ -alkoxy, wherein the two last-mentioned radicals may be unsubstituted or partially or fully halogenated.
  • Particularly preferred radicals R 10 include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or isobutyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C 2 -fluoroalkyl such as difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy such as methoxy or ethoxy, and Ci-C4-haloalkoxy, especially CrC 2 - fluoroalkoxy such as difluorom ethoxy or trifluoromethoxy.
  • a preferred embodiment of the invention relates to compounds of the formula I wherein n is 1 , 2 or 3, in particular 1 or 2.
  • Ar is phenyl carrying 1 , 2 or 3 radicals R 10 , wherein one radical R 10 is located in the 3-position relative to the point of attach- ment to the ethane skleton.
  • Ar is phenyl, which carries one radical R 10 which is located in the 3-position of the phenyl ring.
  • a preferred embodiment of the invention relates to compounds of the formula I wherein Ar is phenyl which may be unsubstituted or substituted by n radicals R 10 wherein n and R 10 have the meanings as defined above, in particular the meanings given as being preferred.
  • Het is preferably a C-bound 5- or 6-membered, in particular a 5-memberd C-bound heteroaromatic ring as defined above which is unsubstituted or substituted by m radicals R 8 and/or may carry at its nitrogen atom, if present, a radical R 9 or oxygen, with m being 0, 1 , 2 or 3, in particular 0, 1 or 2.
  • R 8 is selected from halogen, especially chlorine, Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or tert- butyl, Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C4-haloalkyl, especially Ci-C2-fluoroalkyl such as trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl or 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, d-C ⁇ -alkoxy, especially methoxy, ethoxy or propoxy, and Ci-C ⁇ -haloalkoxy, especially Ci-C2-fluoroalkyl such as trifluoromethoxy or difluorom ethoxy.
  • Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl,
  • R 9 is preferably hydrogen or Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or tert. -butyl, more preferably hydrogen or Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
  • Het is unsubstituted or carries 1 or 2 radicals R 8 .
  • preference is given to compounds I, wherein Het is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 radicals R 8 and 1 radical R 9 .
  • Het is a 5-membered heteroaromatic ring, in particular a 5-membered, C-bound heteroaromatic ring, as defined above, with Het being unsubstituted or substituted by m radicals R 8 and/or carrying at its nitrogen atom, if present, a radical R 9 as defined above.
  • 5- memberd heteroaromatic radicals Het which are selected from 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 2-thiazoyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5- isoxazoly, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazoly, 3-pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 5- pyrazolyl, 1 ,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl, 1 ,2,4- thiadiazol-5-yl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl, 1 ,2,4-
  • R 8A , R 8B , R 8C , R 8D and R 8E independently of each other, are hydrogen or have one of the meanings given for R 8 , in particular hydrogen and the meanings given for R 8 as being preferred, and R 9 has the meanings as given above, in particular the meanings given as being preferred.
  • a preferred embodiment of the invention relates to compounds I wherein Het is selected from the radicals of formulae Het.1 , Het.2, Het.3, Het.4, Het.5, Het.6, Het.7, Het.8, Het.9, Het.10, Het.11 , Het.12, Het.13, Het.14, Het.15, Het.16, Het.17, Het.18, Het.19, Het.20, Het.21 , Het.22, Het.23, Het.24, Het.25, Het.26, Het.27, Het.28, Het.29 and Het.30.
  • Het is selected from the radicals of formulae Het.1 , Het.2, Het.3, Het.4, Het.5, Het.6, Het.7, Het.8, Het.9, Het.10, Het.11 , Het.12, Het.13, Het.14, Het.15
  • Het is selected from the radicals of formulae Het.1 , Het.2, Het.3, Het.4, Het.5, Het.6, Het.22, Het.23 and Het.24.
  • Het is selected from Het.1 , Het.2, Het.3 and Het.4.
  • Het.22, Het.23 and Het.24 are especially preferred.
  • Het is a 6-membered heteroaromatic ring as defined above.
  • Particular preference is given to those 6-memberd heteroaromatic radicals Het which are selected from pyridin-2-yl, N-oxide of pyridin-2-yl, pyridin- 3-yl, N-oxide of pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, N-oxide of pyridin-4-yl, pyridazin-3-yl, pyri- dazin-4-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl, pyrazin-2-yl, 1 ,3,5-triazin-2-yl, 1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl, 1 ,2,4-triazin-5-yl, 1 ,2,4-triazin-6-yl and 1 ,2,4,5-tetrazin-3-yl and wherein Het is unsub
  • R 8A , R 8B , R 8C , R 8D and R 8E independently of each other, are hydrogen or have one of the meanings given for R 8 , especially hydrogen and the meanings given for R 8 as being preferred.
  • a preferred embodiment of the invention relates to compound I wherein Het is selected from Het.41 , Het.42, Het.43, Het.49, Het.50 and Het.51. More preferred are compounds I wherein Het is selected from Het.41 , Het.42 and Het.43, in particular from Het.41 and Het.43.
  • radicals Het are in particular those in which R 8A , R 8B , R 8C , R 8D and R 8E , and R 9 , if present, together have the meanings given in one row of table B.
  • R a and R b are, independently of each other, preferably selected from hydrogen and Ci-C ⁇ -alkyl.
  • Y is preferably a single bond, O, S or methylen.
  • Ar' is preferably phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring. Cy is preferably cyclohexyl.
  • A is A 2 wherein R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R d are hydrogen and X is sulfur;
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • A is A 2 wherein R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R d are hydrogen and X is O;
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • A is A 2 wherein R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R d are hydrogen and X is NH;
  • R 6 is hydrogen. Particular preference is also given to those compounds I, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are hydrogen;
  • A is A 2 wherein R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R d are hydrogen and X is N-CH 3 ; and R 6 is hydrogen.
  • A is A 2 wherein R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R d are hydrogen and X is N-C(O)CH 3 ; and R 6 is hydrogen.
  • Examples of preferred compounds I, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are hydrogen, A is a radical A 2 with R 4a , R 4b , R 4c and R 4d being hydrogen, X S and R 6 is hydrogen, are described in the following tables 1 to 205 (hereinafter also referred to as compounds Ia).
  • Table 184:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar Ar-184 as defined in table
  • Examples of preferred compounds I are also the compounds of formula I, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are hydrogen, A is a radical A 2 with R 4a , R 4b , R 4c and R 4d being hydrogen, X is O and R 6 is hydrogen, and wherein Ar and Het are as defined in the tables 1 to 205.
  • Examples of preferred compounds I are also the compounds of formula I, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are hydrogen, A is a radical A 2 with R 4a , R 4b , R 4c and R 4d being hydrogen, X is NH and R 6 is hydrogen, and wherein Ar and Het are as defined in the tables 1 to 205.
  • Examples of preferred compounds I are also the compounds of formula I, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are hydrogen, A is a radical A 2 with R 4a , R 4b , R 4c and R 4d being hydrogen, X is NCH3 and R 6 is hydrogen, and wherein Ar and Het are as defined in the tables 1 to 205.
  • Examples of preferred compounds I are also the compounds of formula I, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are hydrogen, A is a radical A 2 with R 4a , R 4b , R 4c and R 4d being hydrogen, X is NC(O)CH3 and R 6 is hydrogen, and wherein Ar and Het are as defined in the tables 1 to 205.
  • Het, Ar, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , R 4c and R 4d are as defined above and wherein R z is hydrogen, or acetyl are new and thus form part of the invention.
  • R 4d have independently of each other or more preferably in combination the meanings mentioned above as being preferred.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are hydrogen
  • R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d are hydrogen
  • R z is hydrogen
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are hydrogen
  • R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d are hydrogen
  • R z is acetyl
  • Table 213:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar Ar-8 as defined in table
  • Table 223:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar Ar-18 as defined in table
  • Table 230:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar Ar-25 as defined in table
  • Table 247:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar Ar-42 as defined in table
  • Table 257:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar Ar-52 as defined in table
  • Table 274:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar Ar-69 as defined in table
  • Examples of preferred compounds M are also the compounds of formula M, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are hydrogen, R 4a , R 4b , R 4c and R 4d are hydrogen, and R z is acetyl, and wherein Ar and Het are as defined in the tables 206 to 410.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , Ar and Het are as defined above.
  • the aminothiocarbonylaminoethane compound Il and the aminocarbonylaminoethane compound III, respectively, can be cyclized by conventional means thereby obtaining the azoline compound of the formula I. Cyclization of the compound Il and III, respec- tively, can be achieved e.g. under acid catalysis or under dehydrating conditions e.g. by Mitsunobu's reaction (see Tetrahedron Letters 1999, 40, 3125-3128) or as described below (preparation examples).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , Ar and Het are as defined above.
  • An amine IV or a salt thereof can be converted to an azoline I by reaction with 2-chloro- ethylisothiocyanate or 2-chloroethylisocyanate e.g. as described in Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1994, 4, 2317-22 and subsequent cyclization in the presence or absence of base.
  • 2-chloro- ethylisothiocyanate or 2-chloroethylisocyanate e.g. as described in Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1994, 4, 2317-22 and subsequent cyclization in the presence or absence of base.
  • i-Chloro-2-isothiocyanatoethane CAS-reg.-no.: 6099-88-3
  • 2-chloroethyl- isocyanate CAS-reg.-no.: 1943-83-5
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 7 , Ar and Het are as defined above and LG is a leaving group.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , X, Ar and Het are as defined above.
  • a compound I wherein R 5 and R 6 , respectively, are hydrogen is treated with a suitable elec- trophile.
  • Amines IV are known in the art or can be prepared by methods familiar to an organic chemist, for instance by application of general methods for the synthesis of amines described in J. Org. Chem. 1983, 48, 289-294. or Tetrahedron 1999, 55, 8883-8904 and as demonstrated below in the preparation procedure.
  • Suitable amine salts IV are e.g. the acid addition salts formed by treating an amine IV with an inorganic or organic acid.
  • Anions of useful acids are e.g.
  • Ci-C4-alkanoic acids such as acetate, propionate, and the like.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , Ar and Het are as defined above.
  • An amine IV or a salt thereof is converted to the corresponding iso(thio)cyanate Vl by conventional means, e.g. by reacting IV with (thio)phosgene, as described for example in the case of thiophosgene in Houben-Weyl, E4, "Methoden der Organischen Che- mie", chapter Mc, pp. 837-842, Georg Thieme Verlag 1983. It may be advantageous to carry out the reaction in the presence of a base.
  • the iso(thio)cyanate Vl is then reacted with an aminoethanol VII to form an amino(thio)carbonylaminoethane compound.
  • the reaction of the aminoethanol VII with iso(thio)cyanate V can be performed in accordance with standard methods of organic chemistry, see e.g. Biosci. Biotech. Biochem. 56 (7), 1062-65 (1992).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , Ar and Het are as defined above and R' has the meanings given for R z or is e.g. benzoyl.
  • An amine IV or a salt thereof can be converted to the corresponding aminothiocarbon- ylaminoethane compound II, by reacting the amine IV with an isothiocyanates VIII and subsequent saponification as described in the preparation examples below.
  • Isothiocyanates VII can be prepared according to the procedures described in Coll. Czech. Chem. Commun. 1986, 51 , 1 12-117.
  • the compounds of the general formulae I and Il may be used for controlling animal pests, selected from harmful insects, acarids and nematodes.
  • the invention further provides agriculturally composition for combating such animal pests, which comprises such an amount of at least one compound of the general formulae I and II, respectively, or at least an agriculturally useful salt of I and II, respectively, and at least one inert liquid and/or solid agronomically acceptable carrier that it has a pesticidal action and, if desired, at least one surfactant.
  • compositions may contain a single active compound of the formulae I and II, respectively, or the enantiomers thereof or a mixture of several active compounds I and compounds II, respectively, according to the present invention.
  • the composition according to the present invention may comprise an individual isomer or mixtures of iso- mers as well as individual tautomers or mixtures of tautomers.
  • the compounds of the formula I as well as the compounds of the formula Il and the pestidicidal compositions comprising them are effective agents for controlling animal pests, selected from insects, arachnids and nematodes.
  • Animal pests controlled by the compounds of formula I include for example
  • Insects from the order of the lepidopterans for example Agrotis ypsilon, Agrotis segetum, Alabama argillacea, Anticarsia gemmatalis, Argyresthia conjugella, Autographa gamma, Bupalus piniarius, Cacoecia murinana, Capua reticulana, Cheima- tobia brumata, Choristoneura fumiferana, Choristoneura occidentalis, Cirphis unipuncta, Cydia pomonella, Dendrolimus pini, Diaphania nitidalis, Diatraea grandi- osella, Earias insulana, Elasmopalpus lignosellus, Eupoecilia ambiguella, Evetria bou- liana, Feltia subterranea, Galleria mellonella, Grapholitha funebrana, Grapholitha mo- lest
  • beetles Coldoptera
  • Agrilus sinuatus for example Agrilus sinuatus, Agriotes lineatus, Agriotes obscu- rus, Amphimallus solstitialis, Anisandrus dispar, Anthonomus grandis, Anthonomus pomorum, Atomaria linearis, Blastophagus piniperda, Blitophaga undata, Bruchus rufi- manus, Bruchus pisorum, Bruchus lentis, Byctiscus betulae, Cassida nebulosa, Cero- toma trifurcata, Ceuthorrhynchus assimilis, Ceuthorrhynchus napi, Chaetocnema tibialis, Conoderus vespertinus, Crioceris asparagi, Diabrotica Iongicornis, Diabrotica 12- punctata, Diabrotica virgifera, Epilachna varivestis, Epitrix hirtip
  • dipterans dipterans
  • Aedes aegypti Aedes vexans, Anastrepha ludens, Anopheles maculipennis, Ceratitis capitata, Chrysomya bezziana, Chrysomya homi- nivorax, Chrysomya macellaria, Contarinia sorghicola, Cordylobia anthropophaga, Culex pipiens, Dacus cucurbitae, Dacus oleae, Dasineura brassicae, Fannia canicu- laris, Gasterophilus intestinalis, Glossina morsitans, Haematobia irritans, Haplodiplosis equestris, Hylemyia platura, Hypoderma lineata, Liriomyza sativae, Liriomyza trifolii, Lucilia caprina, Lucilia cuprina, Lucilia sericata, Lycor
  • thrips (Thysanoptera), e.g. Dichromothrips corbetti, Frankliniella fusca, Frankliniella occidentalis, Frankliniella tritici, Scirtothrips citri, Thrips oryzae, Thrips palmi and Thrips tabaci;
  • Hymenopterans e.g. Athalia rosae, Atta cephalotes, Atta sexdens, Atta texana, Hoplocampa minuta, Hoplocampa testudinea, Monomorium pharaonis, So- lenopsis geminata and Solenopsis invicta;
  • Heteroptera e.g. Acrosternum hilare, Blissus leucopterus, Cyrtopeltis notatus, Dysdercus cingulatus, Dysdercus intermedius, Eurygaster integriceps, Euschistus impictiventris, Leptoglossus phyllopus, Lygus lineolaris, Lygus pratensis, Nezara viridula, Piesma quadrata, Solubea insularis and Thyanta perditor;
  • homopterans e.g. Acyrthosiphon onobrychis, Adelges laricis, Aphidula nasturtii, Aphis fabae, Aphis forbesi, Aphis pomi, Aphis gossypii, Aphis grossulariae, Aphis schneideri, Aphis spiraecola, Aphis sambuci, Acyrthosiphon pisum, Aulacorthum solani, Bemisia argentifolii, Brachycaudus cardui, Brachycaudus helichrysi, Brachy- caudus persicae, Brachycaudus prunicola, Brevicoryne brassicae, Capitophorus horni, Cerosipha gossypii, Chaetosiphon fragaefolii, Cryptomyzus ribis, Dreyfusia nordman- nianae,
  • Isoptera e.g. Calotermes flavicollis, Leucotermes flavipes, Reticulitermes flavipes, Reticulitermes lucifugus und Termes natalensis;
  • orthopterans e.g. Acheta domestica, Blatta orientalis, Blattella germanica, Forficula auricularia, Gryllotalpa gryllotalpa, Locusta migratoria, Melanoplus bivittatus, Melanoplus femur-rubrum, Melanoplus mexicanus, Melanoplus sanguinipes, Melanoplus spretus, Nomadacris septemfasciata, Periplaneta americana, Schistocerca ameri- cana, Schistocerca peregrina, Stauronotus maroccanus and Tachycines asynamorus;
  • Orthoptera e.g. Acheta domestica, Blatta orientalis, Blattella germanica, Forficula auricularia, Gryllotalpa gryllotalpa, Locusta migratoria, Melanoplus bivittatus, Melanoplus femur-rubrum, Melan
  • Arachnoidea such as arachnids (Acarina), e.g. of the families Argasidae, Ixodidae and Sarcoptidae, such as Amblyomma americanum, Amblyomma variegatum, Argas persi- cus, Boophilus annulatus, Boophilus decoloratus, Boophilus microplus, Dermacentor silvarum, Hyalomma truncatum, Ixodes ricinus, Ixodes rubicundus, Ornithodorus mou- bata, Otobius megnini, Dermanyssus gallinae, Psoroptes ovis, Rhipicephalus appendi- culatus, Rhipicephalus evertsi, Sarcoptes scabiei, and Eriophyidae spp.
  • Arachnids Acarina
  • Argasidae e.g. of the families Argas
  • Tetranychidae spp. such as Tetranychus cinnabarinus, Tetranychus kanzawai, Tetranychus pacificus, Tetranychus telarius and Tetranychus urticae, Panonychus ulmi, Panonychus citri, and oligonychus pratensis; Siphonatera, e.g. Xenopsylla cheopsis, Ceratophyllus spp ;
  • compositions and compounds of formula I as well as the compositions and com- pounds of formula Il are useful for the control of nematodes, especially plant parasitic nematodes such as root knot nematodes, Meloidogyne hapla.Meloidogyne incognita, Meloidogyne javanica, and other Meloidogyne species;
  • cyst-forming nematodes Globodera rostochiensis and other Globodera species
  • Het- erodera avenae Heterodera glycines, Heterodera schachtii, Heterodera trifolii, and other Heterodera species
  • Seed gall nematodes Anguina species
  • Stem and foliar nematodes Aphelenchoides species
  • Sting nematodes Belonolaimus longicaudatus and other Belonolaimus species
  • Pine nematodes Bursaphelenchus xylophilus and other Bursaphelenchus species
  • Ring nematodes Criconema species, Criconemella species, Criconemoides species, Mesocriconema species
  • Stem and bulb nematodes Ditylenchus destructor, Ditylenchus dipsaci and other Ditylenchus species
  • AwI nematodes Dolichodorus
  • the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il are used for controlling insects or arachnids, in particular insects of the orders Lepidoptera, Coleoptera and Homoptera and arachnids of the order Acarina.
  • the compounds of the formula I according to the present invention are particularly useful for controlling insects of the order Thysanoptera and Homoptera.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il or the pesticidal compositions comprising them may be used to protect growing plants and crops from attack or infestation by animal pests, especially insects, acaridae or arachnids by contacting the plant/crop with a pesticidally effective amount of compounds of formula I and formula II, respectively.
  • crop refers both to growing and harvested crops.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula II, can be converted into the customary formulations, for example solutions, emulsions, suspensions, dusts, powders, pastes and granules.
  • the use form depends on the particular intended purpose; in each case, it should ensure a fine and even distribution of the compound ac- cording to the invention.
  • the formulations are prepared in a known manner (see e.g. for review US 3,060,084, EP-A 707 445 (for liquid concentrates), Browning, "Agglomeration”, Chemical Engineering, Dec. 4, 1967, 147-48, Perry's Chemical Engineer's Handbook, 4 th Ed., McGraw-Hill, New York, 1963, pages 8-57 and et seq.
  • auxiliaries suitable for the formulation of agrochemicals such as solvents and/or carriers, if desired emulsifiers, surfactants and dispersants, preservatives, anti- foaming agents, anti-freezing agents, for seed treatment formulation also optionally colorants and/or binders and/or gelling agents.
  • solvents examples include water, aromatic solvents (for example Solvesso products, xylene), paraffins (for example mineral oil fractions), alcohols (for example methanol, butanol, pentanol, benzyl alcohol), ketones (for example cyclohexanone, gamma-butyrolactone), pyrrolidones (N-methyl-pyrrolidones [NMP], N-octyl-pyrrolidone [NOP]), acetates (glycol diacetate), glycols, fatty acid dimethylamides, fatty acids and fatty acid esters. In principle, solvent mixtures may also be used.
  • aromatic solvents for example Solvesso products, xylene
  • paraffins for example mineral oil fractions
  • alcohols for example methanol, butanol, pentanol, benzyl alcohol
  • ketones for example cyclohexanone, gamma-butyrolactone
  • Suitable emulsifiers are nonionic and anionic emulsifiers (for example polyoxyethylene fatty alcohol ethers, alkylsulfonates and arylsulfonates).
  • dispersants are lignin-sulfite waste liquors and methylcellulose.
  • Suitable surfactants used are alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and ammonium salts of lignosulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, phenolsulfonic acid, dibutylnaphthalene- sulfonic acid, alkylarylsulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkylsulfonates, fatty alcohol sulfates, fatty acids and sulfated fatty alcohol glycol ethers, furthermore condensates of sul- fonated naphthalene and naphthalene derivatives with formaldehyde, condensates of naphthalene or of naphthalenesulfonic acid with phenol and formaldehyde, poly- oxyethylene octylphenol ether, ethoxylated isooctylphenol, octyl
  • Substances which are suitable for the preparation of directly sprayable solutions, emul- sions, pastes or oil dispersions are mineral oil fractions of medium to high boiling point, such as kerosene or diesel oil, furthermore coal tar oils and oils of vegetable or animal origin, aliphatic, cyclic and aromatic hydrocarbons, for example toluene, xylene, paraffin, tetrahydronaphthalene, alkylated naphthalenes or their derivatives, methanol, etha- nol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol, cyclohexanone, isophorone, highly polar solvents, for example dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone or water.
  • mineral oil fractions of medium to high boiling point such as kerosene or diesel oil, furthermore coal tar oils and oils of vegetable or animal origin, aliphatic, cyclic and aromatic hydrocarbons, for example toluene,
  • anti-freezing agents such as glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and bactericides can be added to the formulation.
  • Suitable antifoaming agents are for example antifoaming agents based on silicon or magnesium stearate.
  • a suitable preservative is e.g. dichlorophen.
  • Seed treatment formulations may additionally comprise binders and optionally colorants.
  • Binders can be added to improve the adhesion of the active materials on the seeds after treatment.
  • Suitable binders are block copolymers EO/PO surfactants but also polyvinylalcoholsl, polyvinylpyrrolidones, polyacrylates, polymethacrylates, polybute- nes, polyisobutylenes, polystyrene, polyethyleneamines, polyethyleneamides, poly- ethyleneimines (Lupasol®, Polymin®), polyethers, polyurethans, polyvinylacetate, ty- lose and copolymers derived from these polymers.
  • colorants can be included in the formulation. Suitable colorants or dyes for seed treatment formulations are Rhodamin B, C.I.
  • gelling agent examples include carrageen (Satiagel®).
  • Powders, materials for spreading and dustable products can be prepared by mixing or concomitantly grinding the active substances with a solid carrier.
  • Granules for example coated granules, impregnated granules and homogeneous granules, can be prepared by binding the active compounds to solid carriers.
  • solid carriers examples include mineral earths such as silica gels, silicates, talc, kaolin, attaclay, limestone, lime, chalk, bole, loess, clay, dolomite, diatomaceous earth, cal- cium sulfate, magnesium sulfate, magnesium oxide, ground synthetic materials, fertilizers, such as, for example, ammonium sulfate, ammonium phosphate, ammonium nitrate, ureas, and products of vegetable origin, such as cereal meal, tree bark meal, wood meal and nutshell meal, cellulose powders and other solid carriers.
  • mineral earths such as silica gels, silicates, talc, kaolin, attaclay, limestone, lime, chalk, bole, loess, clay, dolomite, diatomaceous earth, cal- cium sulfate, magnesium sulfate, magnesium oxide, ground synthetic materials, fertilizers, such as, for example, ammonium s
  • the formulations comprise from 0.01 to 95% by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 90% by weight, of the active compound(s).
  • the active compound(s) are employed in a purity of from 90% to 100% by weight, preferably 95% to 100% by weight (according to NMR spectrum).
  • respective formulations can be diluted 2-10 fold leading to concentrations in the ready to use preparations of 0.01 to 60% by weight active compound by weight, preferably 0.1 to 40% by weight.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il can be used as such, in the form of their formulations or the use forms prepared therefrom, for example in the form of directly sprayable solutions, powders, sus-pensions or dispersions, emulsions, oil dispersions, pastes, dustable products, materi-als for spreading, or granules, by means of spraying, atomizing, dusting, spreading or pouring.
  • the use forms depend entirely on the intended purposes; they are intended to ensure in each case the finest possible distribution of the active compound(s) according to the invention.
  • Aqueous use forms can be prepared from emulsion concentrates, pastes or wettable powders (sprayable powders, oil dispersions) by adding water.
  • emulsions, pastes or oil dispersions the substances, as such or dissolved in an oil or solvent, can be homogenized in water by means of a wetter, tackifier, dispersant or emulsifier.
  • concentrates composed of active substance, wetter, tackifier, dispersant or emulsifier and, if appropriate, solvent or oil and such concentrates are suitable for dilution with water.
  • the active compound concentrations in the ready-to-use preparations can be varied within relatively wide ranges. In general, they are from 0.0001 to 10%, preferably from 0.01 to 1 % by weight.
  • the active compound(s) may also be used successfully in the ultra-low-volume process (ULV), it being possible to apply formulations comprising over 95% by weight of active compound, or even to apply the active compound without additives.
  • UUV ultra-low-volume process
  • Products for dilution with water for foliar applications may be applied to the seed diluted or undiluted.
  • the active compound(s) 10 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are dissolved in 90 parts by weight of water or a water-soluble solvent. As an alternative, wetters or other auxiliaries are added. The active compound(s) dissolves upon dilution with water, whereby a formula- tion with 10 % (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
  • Emulsifiable concentrates 15 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are dissolved in 7 parts by weight of xylene with addition of calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate and castor oil ethoxylate (in each case 5 parts by weight). Dilution with water gives an emulsion, whereby a formu- lation with 15% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
  • Emulsions EW, EO, ES
  • 25 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are dissolved in 35 parts by weight of xylene with addition of calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate and castor oil ethoxylate (in each case 5 parts by weight).
  • This mixture is introduced into 30 parts by weight of water by means of an emulsifier machine (e.g. Ultraturrax) and made into a homogeneous emulsion. Dilution with water gives an emulsion, whereby a formulation with 25% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
  • an emulsifier machine e.g. Ultraturrax
  • 50 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are ground finely with addition of 50 parts by weight of dispersants and wetters and made as water-dispersible or water-soluble granules by means of technical appliances (for example extrusion, spray tower, fluid- ized bed). Dilution with water gives a stable dispersion or solution of the active com- pound(s), whereby a formulation with 50% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
  • 75 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are ground in a rotor-stator mill with addi- tion of 25 parts by weight of dispersants, wetters and silica gel. Dilution with water gives a stable dispersion or solution of the active compound(s) , whereby a formulation with 75% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
  • 0.5 parts by weight of the active compound(s) is ground finely and associated with 95.5 parts by weightof carriers, whereby a formulation with 0.5% (w/w) of active compound ⁇ ) is obtained.
  • Current methods are extrusion, spray-drying or the fluidized bed. This gives granules to be applied undiluted for foliar use.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il are also suitable for the treatment of seeds.
  • Conventional seed treatment formulations include for example flowable concentrates FS, solutions LS, powders for dry treatment DS, water dis- persible powders for slurry treatment WS, water-soluble powders SS and emulsion ES and EC and gel formulation GF. These formulations can be applied to the seed diluted or undiluted. Application to the seeds is carried out before sowing, either directly on the seeds or after having pregerminated the latter In a preferred embodiment a FS formulation is used for seed treatment.
  • a FS formulation may comprise 1-800 g/l of active ingredient, 1-200 g/l Surfactant, 0 to 200 g/l antifreezing agent, 0 to 400 g/l of binder, 0 to 200 g/l of a pigment and up to 1 liter of a solvent, preferably water.
  • compositions of compounds of formula I for seed treatment comprise from 0.5 to 80 wt% of the active ingredient, from 0,05 to 5 wt% of a wetter, from 0.5 to 15 wt% of a dispersing agent, from 0,1 to 5 wt% of a thickener, from 5 to 20 wt% of an anti-freeze agent, from 0,1 to 2 wt% of an anti-foam agent, from 1 to 20 wt% of a pigment and/or a dye, from 0 to 15 wt% of a sticker /adhesion agent, from 0 to 75 wt% of a filler/vehicle, and from 0,01 to 1 wt% of a preservative.
  • oils, wetters, adjuvants, herbicides, fungicides, other pesticides, or bactericides may be added to the active ingredients, if appropriate just immediately prior to use (tank mix). These agents usually are admixed with the agents according to the invention in a weight ratio of 1 :10 to 10:1.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il are effective through both contact (via soil, glass, wall, bed net, carpet, plant parts or animal parts), and ingestion (bait, or plant part).
  • compounds of formula I are preferably used in a bait composition.
  • the bait can be a liquid, a solid or a semisolid preparation (e.g. a gel).
  • Solid baits can be formed into various shapes and forms suitable to the respective application e.g. granules, blocks, sticks, disks.
  • Liquid baits can be filled into various devices to ensure proper application, e.g. open containers, spray devices, droplet sources, or evaporation sources.
  • Gels can be based on aqueous or oily matrices and can be formulated to par- ticular necessities in terms of stickyness, moisture retention or aging characteristics.
  • the bait employed in the composition is a product, which is sufficiently attractive to incite insects such as ants, termites, wasps, flies, mosquitos, crickets etc. or cockroaches to eat it.
  • the attractiveness can be manipulated by using feeding stimulants or sex pheromones.
  • Food stimulants are chosen, for example, but not exclusively, from animal and/or plant proteins (meat-, fish- or blood meal, insect parts, egg yolk), from fats and oils of animal and/or plant origin, or mono-, oligo- or polyorganosaccharides, especially from sucrose, lactose, fructose, dextrose, glucose, starch, pectin or even molasses or honey.
  • Fresh or decaying parts of fruits, crops, plants, animals, insects or specific parts thereof can also serve as a feeding stimulant.
  • Sex pheromones are known to be more insect specific. Specific pheromones are described in the literature and are known to those skilled in the art.
  • Formulations of compounds of formula I as well as formulations of compounds of formula Il as aerosols (e.g in spray cans), oil sprays or pump sprays are highly suitable for the non-professional user for controlling pests such as flies, fleas, ticks, mosquitos or cockroaches.
  • Aerosol recipes are preferably composed of the active compound, solvents such as lower alcohols (e.g. methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol), ketones (e.g. acetone, methyl ethyl ketone), paraffin hydrocarbons (e.g.
  • kerosenes having boiling ranges of approximately 50 to 250°C, dimethylfomaamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethyl sulphoxide, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, water, furthermore auxiliaries such as emulsifiers such as sorbitol monooleate, oleyl ethoxylate having 3-7 mol of ethylene oxide, fatty alcohol ethoxylate, perfume oils such as ethereal oils, es- ters of medium fatty acids with lower alcohols, aromatic carbonyl compounds, if appropriate stabilizers such as sodium benzoate, amphoteric surfactants, lower epoxides, triethyl orthoformate and, if required, propellants such as propane, butane, nitrogen, compressed air, dimethyl ether, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, or mixtures of these gases.
  • emulsifiers such as sorbitol monooleate, oleyl ethoxylate having
  • the oil spray formulations differ from the aerosol recipes in that no propellants are used.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il and their respec- tive compositions can also be used in mosquito and fumigating coils, smoke cartridges, vaporizer plates or long-term vaporizers and also in moth papers, moth pads or other heat-independent vaporizer systems.
  • Methods to control infectious diseases transmitted by insects e.g. malaria, dengue and yellow fever, lymphatic filariasis, and leishmaniasis
  • compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il and its respective compositions also comprise treating surfaces of huts and houses, air spraying and impregnation of curtains, tents, clothing items, bed nets, tsetse-fly trap or the like, lnsecticidal compositions for application to fibers, fabric, knitgoods, nonwovens, netting material or foils and tarpaulins preferably comprise a mixture including the insecticide, optionally a repellent and at least one binder.
  • Suitable repellents for example are N,N-diethyl-meta-toluamide (DEET), N,N-diethylphenylacetamide (DEPA), 1-(3-cyclohexan-1-yl-carbonyl)-2-methylpiperine, (2-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl) acetic acid lactone, 2-ethyl-1 ,3-hexandiol, indalone, Me- thylneodecanamide (MNDA), a pyrethroid not used for insect control such as ⁇ (+/-)-3-allyl-2-methyl-4-oxocyclopent-2-(+)-enyl-(+)-trans-chrysantemate (Esbiothrin), a repellent derived from or identical with plant extracts like limonene, eugenol, (+)-Eucamalol (1 ), (-)-i-epi-eucamalol or crude plant extracts from plants like Eucal
  • Suitable binders are selected for example from polymers and copolymers of vinyl esters of aliphatic acids (such as such as vinyl acetate and vinyl versatate), acrylic and methacrylic esters of alcohols, such as butyl acry- late, 2-ethylhexylacrylate, and methyl acrylate, mono- and di-ethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbons, such as styrene, and aliphatic diens, such as butadiene.
  • vinyl esters of aliphatic acids such as such as vinyl acetate and vinyl versatate
  • acrylic and methacrylic esters of alcohols such as butyl acry- late, 2-ethylhexylacrylate, and methyl acrylate
  • mono- and di-ethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbons such as styrene
  • aliphatic diens such as butadiene.
  • the impregnation of curtains and bednets is done in general by dipping the textile material into emulsions or dispersions of the insecticide or spraying them onto the nets.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof are in particular also suitable for being used for combating parasites in and on animals.
  • An object of the present invention is therfore also to provide new methods to control parasites in and on animals. Another object of the invention is to provide safer pesti- cides for animals. Another object of the invention is further to provide pesticides for animals that may be used in lower doses than existing pesticides. And another object of the invention is to provide pesticides for animals, which provide a long residual control of the parasites.
  • the invention also relates to compositions containing a parasiticidally effective amount of compounds of formula I and formula II, a respectively, or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof and an acceptable carrier, for combating parasites in and on animals.
  • the present invention also provides a method for treating, controlling, preventing and protecting animals against infestation and infection by parasites, which comprises orally, topically or parenterally administering or applying to the animals a parasiticidally effective amount of a compound of formula I and formula II, respectively, or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof or a composition comprising it.
  • the invention also provides a process for the preparation of a composition for treating, controlling, preventing or protecting animals against infestation or infection by parasites which comprises a parasiticidally effective amount of a compound of formula I and for- mula II, respectively, or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof or a composition comprising it.
  • Compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof and compositions comprising them are preferably used for controlling and preventing infestations and infections animals including warm- blooded animals (including humans) and fish. They are for example suitable for controlling and preventing infestations and infections in mammals such as cattle, sheep, swine, camels, deer, horses, pigs, poultry, rabbits, goats, dogs and cats, water buffalo, donkeys, fallow deer and reindeer, and also in fur-bearing animals such as mink, chinchilla and raccoon, birds such as hens, geese, turkeys and ducks and fish such as fresh- and salt-water fish such as trout, carp and eels.
  • mammals such as cattle, sheep, swine, camels, deer, horses, pigs, poultry, rabbits, goats, dogs and cats, water buffalo, donkeys, fallow deer and reindeer
  • Infestations in warm-blooded animals and fish include, but are not limited to, lice, biting lice, ticks, nasal bots, keds, biting flies, muscoid flies, flies, myiasitic fly larvae, chig- gers, gnats, mosquitoes and fleas.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof and compositions comprising them are suitable for systemic and/or non-systemic control of ecto- and/or endoparasites. They are active against all or some stages of development.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il are especially useful for combating ectoparasites.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il are especially useful for combating parasites of the following orders and species, respectively:
  • fleas e.g. Ctenocephalides felis, Ctenocephalides canis, Xenopsylla cheopis, Pulex irritans, Tunga penetrans, and Nosopsyllus fasciatus,
  • cockroaches (Blattaria - Blattodea), e.g. Blattella germanica, Blattella asahinae, Pe- riplaneta americana, Periplaneta japonica, Periplaneta brunnea, Periplaneta fuliggi- nosa, Periplaneta australasiae, and Blatta orientalis,
  • insects e.g. Aedes aegypti, Aedes albopictus, Aedes vexans, An- astrepha ludens, Anopheles maculipennis, Anopheles crucians, Anopheles albimanus, Anopheles gambiae, Anopheles freeborni, Anopheles leucosphyrus, Anopheles minimus, Anopheles quadrimaculatus, Calliphora vicina, Chrysomya bezziana, Chrysomya hominivorax, Chrysomya macellaria, Chrysops discalis, Chrysops silacea, Chrysops atlanticus, Cochliomyia hominivorax, Cordylobia anthropophaga, Culicoides furens, Culex pipiens, Culex nigripalpus, Culex quinquefasciatus, Cul
  • Pediculus humanus capitis e.g. Pediculus humanus capitis, Pediculus humanus corporis, Pthi- rus pubis, Haematopinus eurysternus, Haematopinus suis, Linognathus vituli, Bovicola bovis, Menopon gallinae, Menacanthus stramineus and Solenopotes capillatus.
  • ticks and parasitic mites ticks (Ixodida), e.g. Ixodes scapularis, Ixodes holocyclus, Ixodes pacificus, Rhiphicephalus sanguineus, Dermacentor andersoni, Dermacentor variabilis, Amblyomma americanum, Ambryomma maculatum, Orni- thodorus hermsi, Ornithodorus turicata and parasitic mites (Mesostigmata), e.g. Orni- thonyssus bacoti and Dermanyssus gallinae,
  • Actinedida (Prostigmata) und Acaridida (Astigmata) e.g. Acarapis spp., Cheyletiella spp., Ornitrocheyletia spp., Myobia spp., Psorergates spp., Demodex spp., Trombicula spp., Listrophorus spp., Acarus spp., Tyrophagus spp., Caloglyphus spp., Hypodectes spp., Pterolichus spp., Psoroptes spp., Chorioptes spp., Otodectes spp., Sarcoptes spp., Notoedres spp.,Knemidocoptes spp., Cytodites spp., and Laminosioptes spp,
  • Bots Cimex lectularius, Cimex hemipterus, Reduvius senilis, Triatoma spp., Rhodnius ssp., Panstrongylus ssp. and Arilus critatus,
  • Anoplurida e.g. Haematopinus spp., Linognathus spp., Pediculus spp., Phtirus spp., and Solenopotes spp,
  • Mallophagida suborders Arnblycerina and Ischnocerina
  • Trimenopon spp. Menopon spp., Trinoton spp., Bovicola spp., Werneckiella spp., Lepikentron spp., Trichodectes spp., and Felicola spp
  • Mallophagida suborders Arnblycerina and Ischnocerina
  • Trichinosis Trichosyringida
  • Trichinellidae Trichinella spp.
  • Trichuridae Trichuris spp.
  • Capillaria spp Trichinosis
  • Rhabditida e.g. Rhabditis spp, Strongyloides spp., Helicephalobus spp,
  • Strongylida e.g. Strongylus spp., Ancylostoma spp., Necator americanus, Bunosto- mum spp. (Hookworm), Trichostrongylus spp., Haemonchus contortus., Ostertagia spp.
  • Cooperia spp. Nematodirus spp., Dictyocaulus spp., Cyathostoma spp., Oe- sophagostomum spp., Stephanurus dentatus, Ollulanus spp., Chabertia spp., Stepha- nurus dentatus , Syngamus trachea, Ancylostoma spp., Uncinaria spp., Globocephalus spp., Necator spp., Metastrongylus spp., Muellerius capillaris, Protostrongylus spp., Angiostrongylus spp., Parelaphostrongylus spp. Aleurostrongylus abstrusus, and Dioc- tophyma renale,
  • Intestinal roundworms (Ascaridida), e.g. Ascaris lumbricoides, Ascaris suum, Ascaridia galli, Parascaris equorum, Enterobius vermicularis (Threadworm), Toxocara canis, Toxascaris leonine, Skrjabinema spp., and Oxyuris equi,
  • Ascaridida e.g. Ascaris lumbricoides, Ascaris suum, Ascaridia galli, Parascaris equorum, Enterobius vermicularis (Threadworm), Toxocara canis, Toxascaris leonine, Skrjabinema spp., and Oxyuris equi
  • Ascaridida e.g. Ascaris lumbricoides, Ascaris suum, Ascaridia galli, Parascaris equorum, Enterobius vermicularis (Threadworm), Toxocara canis, Toxascar
  • Camallanida e.g. Dracunculus medinensis (guinea worm)
  • Spirurida e.g. Thelazia spp. Wuchereria spp., Brugia spp., Onchocerca spp., Dirofilari spp. a, Dipetalonema spp., Setaria spp., Elaeophora spp., Spirocerca lupi, and Hab- ronema spp., Thorny headed worms (Acanthocephala), e.g. Acanthocephalus spp., Macracantho- rhynchus hirudinaceus and Oncicola spp,
  • Planarians (Plathelminthes):
  • Flukes e.g. Faciola spp., Fascioloides magna, Paragonimus spp., Dicro- coelium spp., Fasciolopsis buski, Clonorchis sinensis, Schistosoma spp., Trichobilhar- zia spp., Alaria alata, Paragonimus spp., and Nanocyetes spp,
  • Cercomeromorpha in particular Cestoda (Tapeworms), e.g. Diphyllobothrium spp., Tenia spp., Echinococcus spp., Dipylidium caninum, Multiceps spp., Hymenolepis spp., Mesocestoides spp., Vampirolepis spp., Moniezia spp., Anoplocephala spp., Sirometra spp., Anoplocephala spp., and Hymenolepis spp.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il and compositions containing them are particularly useful for the control of pests from the orders Diptera, Si- phonaptera and Ixodida.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il also are especially useful for combating endoparasites (roundworms nematoda, thorny headed worms and planarians).
  • Administration can be carried out both prophylactically and therapeutically.
  • Administration of the active compounds is carried out directly or in the form of suitable preparations, orally, topically/dermally or parenterally.
  • the formula I compounds as well as the formula Il compounds may be formulated as animal feeds, animal feed premixes, animal feed concentrates, pills, solutions, pastes, suspensions, drenches, gels, tablets, boluses and capsules.
  • the formula I compounds may be administered to the animals in their drinking water.
  • the dosage form chosen should provide the animal with 0.01 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of animal body weight per day of the formula I compound, preferably with 0.5 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of animal body weight per day.
  • the formula I compounds as well as formula Il compounds may be administered to animals parenterally, for example, by intraruminal, intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous injection.
  • the formula I compounds as well as formula Il compounds may be dispersed or dissolved in a physiologically acceptable carrier for subcutaneous injection.
  • the formula I compounds as well as formula Il compounds may be formulated into an implant for subcutaneous administration.
  • the formula I compound as well as formula Il compounds may be transdermal ⁇ administered to ani- mals.
  • the dosage form chosen should provide the animal with 0.01 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of animal body weight per day of the formula I compound.
  • the formula I compounds as well as formula Il compounds may also be applied topi- cally to the animals in the form of dips, dusts, powders, collars, medallions, sprays, shampoos, spot-on and pour-on formulations and in ointments or oil-in-water or water- in-oil emulsions.
  • dips and sprays usually contain 0.5 ppm to 5,000 ppm and preferably 1 ppm to 3,000 ppm of the formula I compound.
  • the formula I compounds as well as formula Il compounds may be formulated as ear tags for animals, particularly quadrupeds such as cattle and sheep.
  • Suitable preparations are:
  • Solutions such as oral solutions, concentrates for oral administration after dilution, solutions for use on the skin or in body cavities, pouring-on formulations, gels;
  • Emulsions and suspensions for oral or dermal administration for oral or dermal administration; semi-solid preparations; - Formulations in which the active compound is processed in an ointment base or in an oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsion base;
  • Solid preparations such as powders, premixes or concentrates, granules, pellets, tab- lets, boluses, capsules; aerosols and inhalants, and active compound-containing shaped articles.
  • compositions suitable for injection are prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable solvent and optionally adding further ingredients such as acids, bases, buffer salts, preservatives, and solubilizers.
  • the solutions are filtered and filled sterile.
  • Suitable solvents are physiologically tolerable solvents such as water, alkanols such as ethanol, butanol, benzyl alcohol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycols, N-methyl-pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, and mixtures thereof.
  • the active compounds can optionally be dissolved in physiologically tolerable vegetable or synthetic oils which are suitable for injection.
  • Suitable solubilizers are solvents which promote the dissolution of the active compound in the main solvent or prevent its precipitation.
  • examples are polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyoxyethylated castor oil, and polyoxyethylated sorbitan ester.
  • Suitable preservatives are benzyl alcohol, trichlorobutanol, p-hydroxybenzoic acid esters, and n-butanol.
  • Oral solutions are administered directly. Concentrates are administered orally after prior dilution to the use concentration. Oral solutions and concentrates are prepared according to the state of the art and as described above for injection solutions, sterile procedures not being necessary.
  • Solutions for use on the skin are trickled on, spread on, rubbed in, sprinkled on or sprayed on.
  • Solutions for use on the skin are prepared according to the state of the art and accord- ing to what is described above for injection solutions, sterile procedures not being necessary.
  • solvents are polypropylene glycol, phenyl ethanol, phenoxy ethanol, ester such as ethyl or butyl acetate, benzyl benzoate, ethers such as alkyleneglycol alkylether, e.g. dipropylenglycol monomethylether, ketons such as acetone, me- thylethylketone, aromatic hydrocarbons, vegetable and synthetic oils, dimethylforma- mide, dimethylacetamide, transcutol, solketal, propylencarbonate, and mixtures thereof.
  • alkyleneglycol alkylether e.g. dipropylenglycol monomethylether
  • ketons such as acetone, me- thylethylketone
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as acetone, me- thylethylketone
  • vegetable and synthetic oils dimethylforma- mide, dimethylacetamide, transcutol, solketal, propylencarbonate,
  • thickeners are inorganic thickeners such as bentonites, colloidal silicic acid, aluminium monostearate, organic thickeners such as cellulose derivatives, polyvinyl alcohols and their copolymers, acrylates and methacrylates.
  • Gels are applied to or spread on the skin or introduced into body cavities. Gels are prepared by treating solutions which have been prepared as described in the case of the injection solutions with sufficient thickener that a clear material having an ointment- like consistency results.
  • the thickeners employed are the thickeners given above.
  • Pour-on formulations are poured or sprayed onto limited areas of the skin, the active compound penetrating the skin and acting systemically.
  • pour-on formulations are prepared by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying the active compound in suitable skin-compatible solvents or solvent mixtures. If appropriate, other auxiliaries such as colorants, bioabsorption-promoting substances, antioxidants, light stabilizers, adhesives are added.
  • Suitable solvents which are: water, alkanols, glycols, polyethylene glycols, polypropyl- ene glycols, glycerol, aromatic alcohols such as benzyl alcohol, phenylethanol, phenoxyethanol, esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, benzyl benzoate, ethers such as alkylene glycol alkyl ethers such as dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, di- ethylene glycol mono-butyl ether, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclic carbonates such as propylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, aromatic and/or aliphatic hydrocarbons, vegetable or synthetic oils, DMF, dimethylacetamide, n-alkylpyrrolidones such as methylpyrrolidone, n-butylpyrrolidone or n-octylpyrrolidone, N-methyl- pyrrol
  • Suitable colorants are all colorants permitted for use on animals and which can be dissolved or suspended.
  • Suitable absorption-promoting substances are, for example, DMSO, spreading oils such as isopropyl myristate, dipropylene glycol pelargonate, silicone oils and copolymers thereof with polyethers, fatty acid esters, triglycerides, fatty alcohols.
  • Suitable antioxidants are sulfites or metabisulfites such as potassium metabisulfite, ascorbic acid, butylhydroxytoluene, butylhydroxyanisole, tocopherol.
  • Suitable light stabilizers are, for example, novantisolic acid.
  • Suitable adhesives are, for example, cellulose derivatives, starch derivatives, polyacry- lates, natural polymers such as alginates, gelatin.
  • Emulsions can be administered orally, dermally or as injections.
  • Emulsions are either of the water-in-oil type or of the oil-in-water type.
  • Suitable hydrophobic phases are: liquid paraffins, silicone oils, natural vegetable oils such as sesame oil, almond oil, castor oil, synthetic triglycerides such as caprylic/capric biglyceride, triglyceride mixture with vegetable fatty acids of the chain length C ⁇ -Ci2 or other specially selected natural fatty acids, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated or unsaturated fatty acids possibly also containing hydroxyl groups, mono- and diglycerides of the Cs-C-io fatty acids, fatty acid esters such as ethyl stearate, di-n-butyryl adipate, hexyl laurate, dipropylene glycol perlargonate, esters of a branched fatty acid of medium chain length with satu- rated fatty alcohols of chain length C16-C18, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, caprylic/capric acid esters of saturated fatty alcohols of chain
  • Suitable emulsifiers are: non-ionic surfactants, e.g. polyethoxylated castor oil, polyethoxylated sorbitan monoo- leate, sorbitan monostearate, glycerol monostearate, polyoxyethyl stearate, alkylphenol polyglycol ether; ampholytic surfactants such as di-sodium N-lauryl-p-iminodipropionate or lecithin; anionic surfactants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate, fatty alcohol ether sulfates, mono/dialkyl polyglycol ether orthophosphoric acid ester monoethanolamine salt; cation-active surfactants, such as cetyltrimethylammonium chloride.
  • non-ionic surfactants e.g. polyethoxylated castor oil, polyethoxylated sorbitan monoo- leate, sorbitan monostearate, glycerol monoste
  • Suitable further auxiliaries are: substances which enhance the viscosity and stabilize the emulsion, such as carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose and other cellulose and starch derivatives, polyacrylates, alginates, gelatin, gum arabic, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, copolymers of methyl vinyl ether and maleic anhydride, polyethylene glycols, waxes, colloidal silicic acid or mixtures of the substances mentioned.
  • Suspensions can be administered orally or topically/dermally. They are prepared by suspending the active compound in a suspending agent, if appropriate with addition of other auxiliaries such as wetting agents, colorants, bioabsorption-promoting substances, preservatives, antioxidants, light stabilizers.
  • auxiliaries such as wetting agents, colorants, bioabsorption-promoting substances, preservatives, antioxidants, light stabilizers.
  • Liquid suspending agents are all homogeneous solvents and solvent mixtures.
  • Suitable wetting agents are the emulsifiers given above.
  • Semi-solid preparations can be administered orally or topically/dermally. They differ from the suspensions and emulsions described above only by their higher viscosity.
  • the active compound is mixed with suitable excipients, if appropriate with addition of auxiliaries, and brought into the desired form.
  • Suitable excipients are all physiologically tolerable solid inert substances. Those used are inorganic and organic substances. Inorganic substances are, for example, sodium chloride, carbonates such as calcium carbonate, hydrogencarbonates, aluminium ox- ides, titanium oxide, silicic acids, argillaceous earths, precipitated or colloidal silica, or phosphates. Organic substances are, for example, sugar, cellulose, foodstuffs and feeds such as milk powder, animal meal, grain meals and shreds, starches.
  • Suitable auxiliaries are preservatives, antioxidants, and/or colorants which have been mentioned above.
  • auxiliaries are lubricants and glidants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, talc, bentonites, disintegration-promoting substances such as starch or crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, binders such as starch, gelatin or linear polyvinylpyrrolidone, and dry binders such as microcrystalline cellulose.
  • lubricants and glidants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, talc, bentonites, disintegration-promoting substances such as starch or crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, binders such as starch, gelatin or linear polyvinylpyrrolidone, and dry binders such as microcrystalline cellulose.
  • parasiticidally effective amount means the amount of active ingredient needed to achieve an observable effect on growth, including the effects of necrosis, death, retardation, prevention, and removal, destruction, or otherwise diminishing the occurrence and activity of the target organism.
  • the parasiticidally effective amount can vary for the various compounds/compositions used in the invention.
  • a parasiticidally effective amount of the compositions will also vary according to the prevailing conditions such as desired parasiticidal effect and duration, target species, mode of applica- tion, and the like.
  • compositions which can be used in the invention can comprise generally from about 0.001 to 95% of the compound of formula I.
  • the compositions which can be used in the invention can comprise generally from about 0.001 to 95% of the compound of formula II.
  • Ready-to-use preparations contain the compounds acting against parasites, preferably ectoparasites, in concentrations of 10 ppm to 80 percent by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 65 percent by weight, more preferably from 1 to 50 percent by weight, most preferably from 5 to 40 percent by weight.
  • Preparations which are diluted before use contain the compounds acting against ectoparasites in concentrations of 0.5 to 90 percent by weight, preferably of 1 to 50 percent by weight. Furthermore, the preparations comprise the compounds of formula I and formula II, respectively, against endoparasites in concentrations of 10 ppm to 2 per cent by weight, preferably of 0.05 to 0.9 percent by weight, very particularly preferably of 0.005 to 0.25 percent by weight.
  • compositions comprising the compounds of formula I and the compound of formula II, respectively are applied der- mally / topically.
  • the topical application is conducted in the form of compound-containing shaped articles such as collars, medallions, ear tags, bands for fixing at body parts, and adhesive strips and foils.
  • solid formulations which release compounds of formula I and formula II, respectively, in total amounts of 10 mg/kg to 300 mg/kg, preferably 20 mg/kg to 200 mg/kg, most preferably 25 mg/kg to 160 mg/kg body weight of the treated animal in the course of three weeks.
  • thermoplastic and flexible plastics as well as elastomers and thermoplastic elastomers are used.
  • Suitable plastics and elastomers are polyvinyl resins, polyurethane, polyacrylate, epoxy resins, cellulose, cellulose derivatives, polyamides and polyester which are sufficiently compatible with the compounds of formula I and formula II.
  • a detailed list of plastics and elastomers as well as preparation procedures for the shaped articles is given e.g. in WO 03/086075.
  • compositions to be used according to this invention may also contain other active ingredients, for example other pesticides, insecticides, herbicides, fungicides, other pesticides, or bactericides, fertilizers such as ammonium nitrate, urea, potash, and super- phosphate, phytotoxicants and plant growth regulators, safeners and nematicides.
  • additional ingredients may be used sequentially or in combination with the above-described compositions, if appropriate also added only immediately prior to use (tank mix).
  • the plant(s) may be sprayed with a composition of this invention either before or after being treated with other active ingredients.
  • agents can be admixed with the agents used according to the invention in a weight ratio of 1 :10 to 10:1. Mixing the compounds I and the compounds II, respectively, or the compositions comprising them in the use form as pesticides with other pesticides frequently results in a broader pesticidal spectrum of action.
  • Organo(thio)phosphates acephate, azamethiphos, azinphos-ethyl, azinphos-methyl, cadusafos, chlorethoxyfos, chlorfenvinphos, chlormephos, chlorpyrifos, chlorpyrifos- methyl, chlorfenvinphos, coumaphos, cyanophos, demeton-S-methyl, diazinon, dichlor- vos/ DDVP, dicrotophos, dimethoate, dimethylvinphos, disulfoton, EPN, ethion, etho- prophos, famphur, fenamiphos, fenitrothion, fenthion, fosthiazate, heptenophos, isoxathion, malathion, mecarbam, methamidophos, methidathion, methyl-parathion, mevinphos, monocrotophos, naled,
  • Carbamates alanycarb, aldicarb, bendiocarb, benfuracarb, butocarboxim, butoxycar- boxim, carbaryl, carbofuran, carbosulfan, ethiofoncarb, fenobucarb, fenoxycarb, for- methanat, furathiocarb, isoprocarb, methiocarb, methomyl, metolcarb, oxamyl, pirimi- carb, propoxur, thiodicarb, thiofanox, triazemate, trimethacarb, XMC, xylylcarb;
  • Pyrethroids acrinathrin, allethrin, d-cis-trans allethrin, d-trans allethrin, bifenthrin, bioal- lethrin, bioallethrin S-cyclopentenyl, bioresmethrin, cycloprothrin, cyfluthrin, beta- cyflu- thrin, cyhalothrin, lambda-cyhalothrin, gamma-cyhalothrin, cyphenothrin, cypermethrin, alpha-cypermethrin, beta-cypermethrin, theta-cypermethrin, zeta-cypermethrin, del- tamethrin, empenthrin, esfenvalerate, etofenprox, fenpropathrin, fenvalerate, flucy
  • Growth regulators a) chitin synthesis inhibitors: benzoylureas; bistrifluron, chlorflua- zuron, diflubenzuron, flucycloxuron, flufenoxuron, hexaflumuron, lufenuron, novaluron, noviflumuron, teflubenzuron, triflumuron; buprofezin, diofenolan, hexythiazox, etoxa- zole, clofentezine; b) ecdysone antagonists: chlormafenozide, halofenozide, methoxy- fenozide, tebufenozide, azadirachtin; c) juvenoids: pyriproxyfen, hydroprene, kino- prene, methoprene, fenoxycarb; d) lipid biosynthesis inhibitors: spirodiclofen, spirome
  • GABA antagonist compounds acetoprole, chlordane, endosulfan, ethiprole, gamma- HCH (lindane), fipronil, vaniliprole, pyrafluprole, pyriprole, vaniliprole, the phenylpyra- zole compound of formula r 2
  • Macrocyclic lactone insecticides abamectin, emamectin, emamectin benzoate, milbe- mectin, lepimectin, spinosad.
  • METI I compounds fenazaquin, fenpyroximate, flufenerim, pyridaben, pyrimidifen, rotenone, tebufenpyrad, tolfenpyrad;
  • METI Il and III compounds acequinocyl, fluacryprim, hydramethylnon;
  • Oxidative phosphorylation inhibitor compounds azocyclotin, cyhexatin, diafenthiuron, fenbutatin oxide, propargite, tetradifon;
  • Moulting disruptor compounds cyromazine
  • Sodium channel blocker compounds indoxacarb, metaflumizone, Inorganic compounds: aluminium phosphide, borax, cryolite, cyanide, sulfuryl fluoride, phosphine;
  • Microbial disruptors of insect midgut membranes bacillus thuringiensis subsp. israel- ensis, bacillus sphaericus, bacillus thuringiensis subsp. aizawai, bacillus thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki, bacillus thuringiensis subsp. tenebrionis;
  • a 1 is CH 3 , Cl, Br, I, X is C-H, C-Cl, C-F or N, Y' is F, Cl, or Br, Y" is F, Cl, CF 3 , B 1 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, I, CN, B 2 is Cl, Br, CF 3 , OCH 2 CF 3 , OCF 2 H, and R B is hydrogen, CH 3 or CH(CHs) 2 , and malononitrile compounds as described in JP 2002 284608, WO 02/89579, WO 02/90320, WO 02/90321 , WO 04/06677, WO 04/20399, or JP 2004 99597.
  • the compounds of the formulae I or Il of the present invention may also be combined with a fluorinated quinazolinone compound as :
  • the compounds of the formulae I or Il of the present invention also be combined with a pyrimidinyl alkynylether compounds r 4 or thiadiazolyl alkynylether compounds r 5 :
  • R is methyl or ethyl and Het * is 3,3-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl, 3-methylpiperidin- 1-yl, 3,5-dimethylpiperidin-1-yl, 4-methylpiperidin-1-yl, hexahydroazepin-1-yl, 2,6-dimethylhexahydroazepin-1-yl or 2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl.
  • Het * is 3,3-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl, 3-methylpiperidin- 1-yl, 3,5-dimethylpiperidin-1-yl, 4-methylpiperidin-1-yl, hexahydroazepin-1-yl, 2,6-dimethylhexahydroazepin-1-yl or 2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl.
  • Flupyrazofos has been described in Pesticide Science 54, 1988, p.237-243 and in US 4822779.
  • Pyrafluprole and its preparation have been de- scribed in JP 2002193709 and in WO 01/00614.
  • Pyriprole and its preparation have been described in WO 98/45274 and in US 6335357.
  • Amidoflumet and its preparation have been described in US 6221890 and in JP 21010907.
  • Flufenerim and its preparation have been described in WO 03/007717 and in WO 03/007718.
  • Cyflumetofen and its preparation have been described in WO 04/080180.
  • Fungicidal mixing partners are those selected from the group consisting of • acylalanines such as benalaxyl, metalaxyl, ofurace, oxadixyl, • amine derivatives such as aldimorph, dodine, dodemorph, fenpropimorph, fenpropidin, guazatine, iminoctadine, spiroxamin, tridemorph,
  • • acylalanines such as benalaxyl, metalaxyl, ofurace, oxadixyl
  • • amine derivatives such as aldimorph, dodine, dodemorph, fenpropimorph, fenpropidin, guazatine, iminoctadine, spiroxamin, tridemorph
  • anilinopyrimidines such as pyrimethanil, mepanipyrim or cyrodinyl
  • antibiotics such as cycloheximid, griseofulvin, kasugamycin, natamycin, polyoxin or streptomycin,
  • azoles such as bitertanol, bromoconazole, cyproconazole, difenoconazole, diniconazole, epoxiconazole, fenbuconazole, fluquiconazole, flusilazole, hexaconazole, imazalil, metconazole, myclobutanil, penconazole, propiconazole, prochloraz, prothioconazole, tebuconazole, triadimefon, triadimenol, triflumizol, triticonazole, flutriafol,
  • dicarboximides such as iprodion, myclozolin, procymidon, vinclozolin,
  • dithiocarbamates such as ferbam, nabam, maneb, mancozeb, metam, metiram, propineb, polycarbamate, thiram, ziram, zineb,
  • heterocyclic compounds such as anilazine, benomyl, boscalid, carbendazim, carboxin, oxycarboxin, cyazofamid, dazomet, dithianon, famoxadon, fenamidon, fenarimol, fuberidazole, flutolanil, furametpyr, isoprothiolane, mepronil, nuarimol, probenazole, proquinazid, pyrifenox, pyroquilon, quinoxyfen, silthiofam, thiabendazole, thifluzamid, thiophanate-methyl, tiadinil, tricyclazole, triforine,
  • copper fungicides such as Bordeaux mixture, copper acetate, copper oxychloride, basic copper sulfate,
  • nitrophenyl derivatives such as binapacryl, dinocap, dinobuton, nitrophthalisopropyl,
  • phenylpyrroles such as fenpiclonil or fludioxonil
  • sulfenic acid derivatives such as captafol, captan, dichlofluanid, folpet, tolylfluanid,
  • the animal pest i.e. the insects, arachnids and nematodes, the plant, soil or water in which the plant is growing can be contacted with the present compound(s) I as well as compound(s) Il or composition(s) containing them by any application method known in the art.
  • "contacting” includes both direct contact (applying the compounds/compositions directly on the animal pest or plant - typically to the foliage, stem or roots of the plant) and indirect contact (applying the compounds/compositions to the locus of the animal pest or plant).
  • animal pests may be controlled by contacting the target pest, its food supply, habitat, breeding ground or its locus with a pesticidally effective amount of compounds of formula I.
  • the application may be carried out before or after the infection of the locus, growing crops, or harvested crops by the pest.
  • “Locus” means a habitat, breeding ground, plant, seed, soil, area, material or environment in which a pest or parasite is growing or may grow.
  • pesticidally effective amount means the amount of active ingredient needed to achieve an observable effect on growth, including the effects of necrosis, death, retardation, prevention, and removal, destruction, or otherwise diminishing the occurrence and activity of the target organism.
  • the pesticidally effective amount can vary for the various compounds/compositions used in the invention.
  • a pesticidally ef- fective amount of the compositions will also vary according to the prevailing conditions such as desired pesticidal effect and duration, weather, target species, locus, mode of application, and the like.
  • the compounds of formula I and its compositions as well as compounds of formula Il and its compositions can be used for protecting wooden materials such as trees, board fences, sleepers, etc. and buildings such as houses, outhouses, factories, but also construction materials, furniture, leathers, fibers, vinyl articles, electric wires and cables etc. from ants and/or termites, and for controlling ants and termites from doing harm to crops or human being (e.g. when the pests invade into houses and public facilities).
  • the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il are applied not only to the surrounding soil surface or into the under-floor soil in order to protect wooden materials but it can also be applied to lumbered articles such as surfaces of the under-floor concrete, alcove posts, beams, plywoods, furniture, etc., wooden articles such as particle boards, half boards, etc. and vinyl articles such as coated electric wires, vinyl sheets, heat insulating material such as styrene foams, etc.
  • the ant controller of the present invention is applied to the crops or the surrounding soil, or is directly applied to the nest of ants or the like.
  • the compounds of the invention can also be applied preventively to places at which occurrence of the pests is expected.
  • the compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il may be also used to protect growing plants from attack or infestation by pests by contacting the plant with a pesticidally effective amount of compounds of formula I.
  • "contacting” includes both direct contact (applying the compounds/compositions directly on the pest and/or plant - typically to the foliage, stem or roots of the plant) and indirect contact (applying the compounds/compositions to the locus of the pest and/or plant).
  • the quantity of active ingredient ranges from 0.0001 to 500 g per 100 m 2 , preferably from 0.001 to 2O g per 100 m 2 .
  • Customary application rates in the protection of materials are, for example, from 0.01 g to 1000 g of active compound per m 2 treated material, desirably from 0.1 g to 50 g per m 2 .
  • lnsecticidal compositions for use in the impregnation of materials typically contain from 0.001 to 95 weight %, preferably from 0.1 to 45 weight %, and more preferably from 1 to 25 weight % of at least one repellent and / or insecticide.
  • the typical content of active ingredient is from 0.001 weight % to 15 weight %, desirably from 0.001 weight % to 5 weight % of active com- pound.
  • the content of active ingredient is from 0.001 to 80 weights %, preferably from 0.01 to 50 weight % and most preferably from 0.01 to 15 weight %.
  • the rate of application of the active ingredients of this invention may be in the range of 0.1 g to 4000 g per hectare, desirably from 25 g to 600 g per hectare, more desirably from 50 g to 500 g per hectare.
  • the application rates of the mixture are generally from 0.1 g to 10 kg per 100 kg of seed, preferably from 1 g to 5 kg per 100 kg of seed, in particular from 1 g to 200 g per 100 kg of seed.
  • Amines IV not described above can be prepared in an analogous manner.
  • Example 6 1 -[2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenyl)-1 -thien-2-yl-ethyl]-3-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-thiourea
  • Ph phenyl
  • Ph phenyl
  • Cotton plants in the cotyledon stage (variety 'Delta Pine') are infested with approxi- mately 100 laboratory-reared aphids by placing infested leaf sections on top of the test plants. The leaf sections are removed after 24 hours. The cotyledons of the intact plants are dipped into gradient solutions of the test compound. Aphid mortality on the treated plants, relative to mortality on check plants, is determined after 5 days.
  • Pepper plants in the 2 nd leaf-pair stage (variety 'California Wonder') are infested with approximately 40 laboratory-reared aphids by placing infested leaf sections on top of the test plants. The leaf sections are removed after 24 hours. The leaves of the intact plants are dipped into gradient solutions of the test compound. Aphid mortality on the treated plants, relative to mortality on check plants, is determined after 5 days.
  • the active compounds were formulated in 50:50 acetone:water and 0.1 % (vol/vol) Alkamuls EL 620 surfactant.
  • Potted cowpea beans of 7-10 days of age are inoculated with aphids 24 h before treatment by clipping a leaf infested with cowpea aphid approximately 30 individuals.
  • the treated beans are sprayed with 5 ml. of the test solution using air driven hand atomizer (Devillbis atomizer) at 25 psi, allowed to air dry and kept at 25 - 27°C and 50 - 60% humidity for 3 days. After 72 h, mortality was assessed.
  • air driven hand atomizer (Devillbis atomizer)
  • the active compounds were formulated in 50:50 acetone:water and 100 ppm Kinetic® surfactant.
  • Selected cotton plants were grown to the cotyledon state (one plant per pot).
  • the cotyledons were dipped into the test solution to provide complete coverage of the foliage and placed in a well-vented area to dry.
  • Each pot with treated seedling was placed in a plastic cup and 10 to 12 whitefly adults (approximately 3 - 5 day old) were introduced.
  • the insects were colleted using an aspirator and an 0.6 cm, non-toxic Tygon® tubing (R-3603) connected to a barrier pipette tip. The tip, containing the collected insects, was then gently inserted into the soil containing the treated plant, allowing insects to crawl out of the tip to reach the foliage for feeding.
  • the cups were covered with a reusable screened lid (150 micron mesh polyester screen PeCap from Tetko Inc). Test plants were maintained in the holding room at about 25 °C and 20 - 40% relative humidity for 3 days avoiding direct exposure to the fluorescent light (24 hour photoperiod) to prevent trapping of heat inside the cup. Mortality was assessed 3 days after treat- ment of the plants.

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Agricultural Chemicals And Associated Chemicals (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Compounds Containing Sulfur Atoms (AREA)
  • Furan Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds (I) and 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds (II) and their salts which are useful for combating animal pest, in particular insects, arachnids and nematodes. Furthermore, the present invention relates to a method for combating animal pests selected from insects, arachnids and nematodes, and to agricultural compositions for combating animal pests. Furthermore, the present invention relates to veterinary compositions for combating animal pests.

Description

Substituted 1 -(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1 -hetaryl-ethane compounds
The present invention relates to 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1 -hetaryl-ethane compounds and 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1 -hetaryl-ethane compounds and their salts which are useful for combating animal pest, in particular insects, arachnids and nematodes. The present invention also relates to a method for combating such pests and for protecting crops against infestation or infection by such pests. Furthermore, the present invention relates to veterinary compositions for combating animal pests.
Animal pests and in particular insects, arachnids and nematodes destroy growing and harvested crops and attack wooden dwelling and commercial structures, causing large economic loss to the food supply and to property. While a large number of pesticidal agents are known, due to the ability of target pests to develop resistance to said agents, there is an ongoing need for new agents for combating insects, arachnids and nematodes.
EP 097013 discloses hetarylalkyl azoline compounds which are useful as fungicides and aquatic plant growth regulators.
WO 2005/063724 describes 1-(azolin-2-yl)amino-1 ,2-diphenylethane compounds which are useful for combating insects, arachnids and nematodes.
Unpublished US application ser. no. 60/753,367 discloses 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino- 1-phenyl-2-hetaryl-ethane compounds for combating insects, arachnids and nema- todes. However, the pesticidal action of the compounds disclosed in the above- mentioned literature references is not always completely satisfying.
It is therefore an object of the present invention to provide compounds having a good pesticidal activity and showing a broad activity spectrum against a large number of dif- ferent anmimal pests, especially against difficult to control insects, arachnids and nematodes.
It has been found that these objectives can be achieved by 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino- 2-phenylaryl-1 -hetaryl-ethane compounds of the general formula I
Figure imgf000002_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl,
Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independ- ently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, ni- tro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and Ci-Cβ-alkylthio, and wherein C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-Cε-alkyl and Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl,
phenyl or benzyl, wherein the phenyl ring in the last two mentioned radicals may be unsubstituted or may carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals which are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of halogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, d-Cβ- haloalkyl, d-Cβ-alkylthio, d-Cβ-haloalkylthio, d-Cβ-alkoxy and d-Cβ-haloalkoxy;
A is a radical of the formulae A1 or A2:
Figure imgf000003_0001
A1 A2 wherein
X is sulfur, oxygen or NR7;
R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, d-Cβ-alkyl, d-Cβ-haloalkyl, d-Cβ-alkyl- amino, Ci-C6-alkoxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy, C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halo- cycloalkyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and
Ci-Cβ-alkylthio and wherein C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-Cβ-alkyl and d-Ce-haloalkyl; R5, R6, R7 are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, nitro, Ci-Cδ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, (Ci-C6-alkoxy)methylen, CrC6-alkylthio, CrC6-alkylsulfinyl, CrC6-alkylsulfonyl, wherein the aliphatic moieties in the aforementioned radicals may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated and/or may carry 1 , 2 or 3 radicals, which are independently of one another, selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cδ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, d-Cδ-haloalkoxy and Ci-Cβ-alkylthio and wherein Ca-Cβ-cycloalkyl and C3-C8-halocycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from d-Ce-alkyl and Ci-C6-haloalkyl,
C(O)NRaRb, (SO2)NRaRb or C(=O)RC,
phenyl, phenyloxy or benzyl, wherein the phenyl ring in each of the last three mentioned radicals may be unsubstituted or may carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, d-Ce-alkyl, Ci-C6-haloalkyl, Ci-C6-alkylthio, Ci-C6-haloalkylthio, Ci-C6-alkoxy and Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy radicals;
Het is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroa- toms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur as ring members, wherein the heteroaromatic ring may be fused to a ring selected from phenyl, a saturated or partially unsaturated 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocycle and a fused 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, which contains 1 , 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members,
and wherein the 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring and/or the respective fused ring carry at their carbon atoms any combination of m radicals R8 and/or may carry at its nitrogen atom, if present, a radical R9 or oxygen:
m is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4,
R8 is selected from halogen, OH, SH, NH2, SO3H, COOH, cyano, azido, nitro, CONH2, CSNH2, CH=N-OH, CH=N-O-(Ci-C6)-alkyl, Ci-C6-alkyl,
C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl, Ci-Cδ-alkylamino, C2-C6-alkenylamino, C2-C6-alkynylamino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, di(C2-C6-alkenyl)amino, di(C2-C6-alkynyl)amino, Ci-Cβ-alkylthio, C2-C6-alkenylthio, C2-C6-alkynylthio, Ci-Cδ-alkylsulfonyl, C2-C6-alkenyl- sulfonyl, C2-C6-alkynylsulfonyl, (Ci-C6-alkyl)carbonyl, (C2-C6-alkenyl)- carbonyl, (C2-C6-alkynyl)-carbonyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, (Ci-C6-alkoxy)carbonyl, (C2-C6-alkenyloxy)carbonyl, (C2-C6-alkynyloxy)-carbonyl, (Ci-Cδ-alkylJcarbonyloxy, (C2-C6-alkenyl)- carbonyloxy, (C2-C6-alkynyl)carbonyloxy, (Ci-Ce-alkylJcarbonyl-amino,
(C2-C6-alkenyl)carbonyl-amino, (C2-C6-alkynyl)carbonyl-amino, wherein the aliphatic parts of the aforementioned groups may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated or may carry any combination of one, two or three radicals, independently of one another selected from the group con- sisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl,
C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkyn- yloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl and Ci-Cβ-alkylthio;
C(O)NRaRb, (SO2)NRaRb, C(=O)RC, C(=S)RC,
a radical Y-Ar' or a radical Y-Cy, wherein
Y is a single bond, O, S, NH, Ci-Cβ-alkandiyl or Ci-Cβ-alkandiyloxy, Ar' is phenyl, naphthyl or a mono- or bicyclic 5- to 10-membered hetero- aromatic ring, which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members, wherein Ar' is unsubstituted or may carry any combination of 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, d-Ce-alkyl, d-Cβ-haloalkyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy,
C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and d-Cδ-alkylthio; Cy is C3-C8-cycloalkyl, which is unsubstituted or may carry any combination of 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy,
C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and d-Ce-alkylthio;
R9 has one of the meanings given for R5;
is a phenyl or naphthyl which carry any combination of n radicals R10:
n is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5,
R10 has one of the meanings given for R8; and wherein two radicals R10 that are bound to adjacent carbon atoms of the phenyl ring may also form, together with said carbon atoms, a fused benzene ring, a fused saturated or partially unsaturated 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocycle or a fused 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic he- terocycle, which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members, and wherein the fused ring is unsubsti- tuted or may carry 1 , 2, 3 or 4 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, d-Cδ-alkyl, d-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, d-Cδ-haloalkoxy and d-Cβ-alkylthio;
and wherein
Ra and Rb are each independently from one another selected from hydrogen, d-Ce-alkyl, Ci-C6-haloalkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-haloalkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, or C2-C6-haloalkynyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, ni- tro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, d-Cδ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl,
C2-C6-alkynyl, d-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy, d-Cβ-haloalkyl and d-Cβ-alkylthio; and
Rc is selected from hydrogen, d-Cδ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl, Ci-C6-alkylthio,Ci-C6-alkoxy, (Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, hydrazine (Ci-C6-alkyl)hydrazino, di(d-C6-alkyl)- hydrazino, wherein the aliphatic parts of the aforementioned groups may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated or may carry any combination of one, two or three radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, d-Cδ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, d-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, d-Cβ-haloalkoxy, d-Cβ-haloalkyl and d-Ce-alkylthio,
phenyl, and a mono- or bicyclic 5- to 10-membered heteroaromatic ring, which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members, wherein phenyl and the heteroaromatic ring are unsubstituted or may carry any combination of 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and Ci-Cβ-alkylthio;
and the salts thereof.
Therefore, the present invention relates to 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds of the general formula I and the salts thereof. These compounds have a high pesticidal activity and are active against a broad spectrum of animal pests se- lected from insects, arachnids and nematodes.
The compounds of formula I and their salts are particularly useful for combating animal pests. The present invention provides the use of compounds of formula I and the salts thereof for protecting plants against damage by animal pest.
Accordingly, the present invention also relates to a method for combating animal pests, in particular insects, arachnids and nematodes, by treating said pest with at least one compound of formula I and/or salt thereof. The method comprises contacting the animal pests, or the environment in which the animal pests live or grow or may live or grow or the materials, plants, seeds, soils, surfaces or spaces to be protected from animal attack or infestation with at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of the formula I and/or salt thereof.
The present invention also provides a method for protecting crops from attack or infes- tation by animal pests, in particular insects, arachnids and nematodes. Said method comprises contacting a crop with at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of formula I and/or salt thereof.
Furthermore, the present invention provides a method for the protection of seeds from soil insects and of the seedlings' roots and shoots from insects. Said method comprises contacting the seeds before sowing and/or after pregermination with at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I and/or salt thereof.
Furthermore, the invention relates to seed, comprising at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)- amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I and/or salt thereof.
Accordingly, the invention further provides compositions for combating animal pests, comprising at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the general formula I and/or salt thereof, and at least one carrier material. Thus, the pre- sent invention relates to agricultural compositions for combating such pests, in particular insects, nematodes or arachnids, preferably in the form of directly sprayable solutions, emulsions, pastes oil dispersions, powders, materials for scattering, dusts or in the form of granules, which comprise at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of the general formula I and/or an agriculturally useful salt thereof and at least one agriculturally acceptable carrier.
The present invention also provides the use of compounds of formula I and the salts thereof for combating parasites in and on animals.
Accordingly, the present invention also relates to a method for protecting animals against infestation or infection by parasites which comprises administering a parasiti- cally effective amount of at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I and/or salt thereof to the animal in need thereof.
The present invention also relates to a method for treating animals infestated or infected by parasites which comprises administering a parasitically effective amount of at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I and/or salt thereof to the animal in need thereof.
Accordingly, the present invention provides a veterinary composition comprising at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I and/or a veterinary useful salt thereof and at least one veterinary acceptable carrier.
Furthermore, the invention provides 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of the general formula Il
Figure imgf000008_0001
wherein Het, Ar, R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d have the meanings given above and wherein Rz is hydrogen, or acetyl and the salts thereof. These compounds have a high pesticidal activity and are active against a broad spectrum of animal pests, in particular against insects, arachnids and nematodes. Therefore, the compounds of the formula Il and their salts can be used in similar methods and compositions as described for the compounds of the formula I. The compounds of the formulae I and Il may have one or more centers of chirality, in which case they are present as mixtures of stereoisomers, such as enantiomers or diastereomers. The present invention provides both the pure stereoisomers, e.g. the pure enantiomes or diastereomers, and mixtures thereof. The compounds of formulae I and Il may also exist in the form of different tautomers. The invention comprises the single tautomers, if seperable, as well as the tautomer mixtures. The scope of the present invention includes the (R)- and (S)-isomers and the racemates of compounds of formulae I and Il having chiral centers
Salts of the compounds of the formulae I and Il are preferably agriculturally or veteri- narily acceptable salts. They can be formed in a customary method, e.g. by reacting the compound with an acid of the anion in question if the compound of formulae I and II, respectively, has a basic functionality or by reacting an acidic compound of formulae I and II, respectively, with a suitable base.
Suitable agriculturally useful salts are especially the salts of those cations or the acid addition salts of those acids whose cations and anions, respectively, do not have any adverse effect on the action of the compounds according to the present invention. Suit- able cations are in particular the ions of the alkali metals, preferably lithium, sodium and potassium, of the alkaline earth metals, preferably calcium, magnesium and barium, and of the transition metals, preferably manganese, copper, zinc and iron, and also ammonium (NH4 +) and substituted ammonium in which one to four of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4-hydroxyalkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, Ci-C4-alkoxy- Ci-C4-alkyl, hydroxy-Ci-C4-alkoxy-Ci-C4-alkyl, phenyl or benzyl. Examples of substi- tuded ammonium ions comprise methylammonium, isopropylammonium, dimethylam- monium, diisopropylammonium, trimethylammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetra- ethylammonium, tetrabutylammonium, 2-hydroxyethylammonium, 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)- ethylammonium, bis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium, benzyltrimethylammonium and benzyl- triethylammonium, furthermore phosphonium ions, sulfonium ions, preferably tri(Ci-C4-alkyl)sulfonium, and sulfoxonium ions, preferably tri(Ci-C4-alkyl)sulfoxonium.
Anions of useful acid addition salts are primarily chloride, bromide, fluoride, hydrogen sulfate, sulfate, dihydrogen phosphate, hydrogen phosphate, phosphate, nitrate, hy- drogen carbonate, carbonate, hexafluorosilicate, hexafluorophosphate, benzoate, and the anions of Ci-C4-alkanoic acids, preferably formate, acetate, propionate and bu- tyrate. They can be formed by reacting a compound of formulae I with an acid of the corresponding anion, preferably of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid or nitric acid. The organic moieties mentioned in the above definitions of the variables are - like the term halogen - collective terms for individual listings of the individual group members. The prefix Cn-Cm indicates in each case the possible number of carbon atoms in the group.
The term halogen denotes in each case fluorine, bromine, chlorine or iodine, in particular fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
Examples of other meanings are:
The term "Ci-C6-alkyl" as used herein and in the alkyl moieties of Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, Ci-Cβ-alkylamino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, d-Cδ-alkylthio, Ci-Cδ-alkylsulfonyl, Ci-Cδ-alkylsulfoxyl, Ci-Cδ-alkylcarbonyl, Ci-Cδ-alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-Cδ-alkylthiocarbonyl, and Ci-Cδ-alkylcarbonyloxy refer to a saturated straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, especially 1 to 4 carbon groups, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, hexyl, 1 ,1-dimethylpropyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methyl- pentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 1 ,1-dimethylbutyl, 1 ,2-dimethylbutyl, 1 ,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 1-ethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 1 ,1 ,2-trimethylpropyl, 1 ,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 1-ethyl-1-methylpropyl, 1-ethyl-2-methyl- propyl. Ci-C4-alkyl means for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl or 1 ,1-dimethylethyl.
The term "Ci-C6-haloalkyl" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above), where some or all of the hydrogen atoms in these groups may be replaced by halogen atoms as mentioned above, for example Ci-C4-haloalkyl, such as chloromethyl, bromomethyl, di- chloromethyl, trichloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloro- fluoromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, 1-chloroethyl, 1-bromoethyl, 1-fluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2-chloro-2-fluoroethyl, 2-chloro-2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2-dichloro-2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, pentafluoro- ethyl and the like.
The term "Ci-Cδ-alkoxy" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via an oxygen atom. Examples include Ci-Cβ-alkoxy such as methoxy, ethoxy, OCH2-C2H5, OCH(CHs)2, n-butoxy, OCH(CHs)-C2H5, OCH2-CH(CHs)2, OC(CHs)3, n-pentoxy, 1-methylbutoxy, 2-methylbutoxy, 3-methylbutoxy, 1 ,1-dimethylpropoxy, 1 ,2-dimethyl- propoxy, 2,2-dimethyl-propoxy, 1-ethylpropoxy, n-hexoxy, 1-methylpentoxy, 2-methyl- pentoxy, 3-methylpentoxy, 4-methylpentoxy, 1 ,1-dimethylbutoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, 1 ,3-dimethylbutoxy, 2,2-dimethylbutoxy, 2,3-dimethylbutoxy, 3,3-dimethylbutoxy, 1-ethylbutoxy, 2-ethylbutoxy, 1 ,1 ,2-trimethylpropoxy, 1 ,2,2-trimethylpropoxy, 1-ethyl- 1-methylpropoxy, 1-ethyl-2-methylpropoxy and the like.
The term "Ci-Cδ-haloalkoxy" as used herein refers to a Ci-Cβ-alkoxy group as mentioned above wherein the hydrogen atoms are partially or fully substituted by fluorine, chlorine, bromine and/or iodine, i.e., for example, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy such as chloro- methoxy, dichloromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chlorofluoromethoxy, dichlorofluoromethoxy, chlorodifluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2-chloroethoxy, 2-bromoethoxy, 2-iodoethoxy, 2,2-difluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2-chloro-2-fluoroethoxy, 2-chloro-2,2-difluoroethoxy, 2,2-dichloro- 2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy, 2-fluoropropoxy, 3-fluoro- propoxy, 2,2-difluoropropoxy, 2,3-difluoropropoxy, 2-chloropropoxy, 3-chloropropoxy, 2,3-dichloropropoxy, 2-bromopropoxy, 3-bromopropoxy, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 3,3,3-trichloropropoxy, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropoxy, heptafluoropropoxy, 1-(fluoro- methyl)-2-fluoroethoxy, 1 -(chloromethyl)-2-chloroethoxy, 1 -(bromomethyl)-2-bromo- ethoxy, 4-fluorobutoxy, 4-chlorobutoxy, 4-bromobutoxy, nonafluorobutoxy,
5-fluoro-1-pentoxy, 5-chloro-1-pentoxy, 5-bromo-1-pentoxy, 5-iodo-1-pentoxy, 5,5,5-trichloro-1-pentoxy, undecafluoropentoxy, 6-fluoro-1-hexoxy, 6-chloro-1-hexoxy, 6-bromo-1-hexoxy, 6-iodo-1-hexoxy, 6,6,6-trichloro-1-hexoxy or dodecafluorohexoxy, in particular chloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2-chloroethoxy or 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy.
The term "Ci-C6-alkoxy-Ci-C6-alkyl" as used herein refers to Ci-Cβ-alkyl wherein 1 carbon atom carries a Ci-C6-alkoxy radical as mentioned above. Examples are CH2-OCH3, CH2-OC2H5, n-propoxymethyl, CH2-OCH(CH3)2, n-butoxymethyl, (1-methylpropoxy)- methyl, (2-methylpropoxy)methyl, CH2-OC(CH3)S, 2-(methoxy)ethyl, 2-(ethoxy)ethyl, 2-(n-propoxy)ethyl, 2-(1-methylethoxy)ethyl, 2-(n-butoxy)ethyl, 2-(1-methylpropoxy)- ethyl, 2-(2-methylpropoxy)ethyl, 2-(1 ,1-dimethylethoxy)ethyl, 2-(methoxy)propyl, 2-(ethoxy)propyl, 2-(n-propoxy)propyl, 2-(1-methylethoxy)propyl, 2-(n-butoxy)propyl, 2-(1-methylpropoxy)propyl, 2-(2-methylpropoxy)propyl, 2-(1 ,1-dimethylethoxy)propyl, 3-(methoxy)propyl, 3-(ethoxy)propyl, 3-(n-propoxy)propyl, 3-(1-methylethoxy)propyl, 3-(n-butoxy)propyl, 3-(1 -methylpropoxy)propyl, 3-(2-methylpropoxy)propyl, 3-(1 ,1-dimethylethoxy)propyl, 2-(methoxy)butyl, 2-(ethoxy)butyl, 2-(n-propoxy)butyl, 2-(1-methylethoxy)butyl, 2-(n-butoxy)butyl, 2-(1-methylpropoxy)butyl, 2-(2-methyl- propoxy)butyl, 2-(1 ,1-dimethylethoxy)butyl, 3-(methoxy)butyl, 3-(ethoxy)butyl, 3-(n-propoxy)butyl, 3-(1-methylethoxy)butyl, 3-(n-butoxy)butyl, 3-(1-methylpropoxy)- butyl, 3-(2-methylpropoxy)butyl, 3-(1 ,1-dimethylethoxy)butyl, 4-(methoxy)butyl, 4-(ethoxy)butyl, 4-(n-propoxy)butyl, 4-(1-methylethoxy)butyl, 4-(n-butoxy)butyl, 4-(1-methylpropoxy)butyl, 4-(2-methylpropoxy)butyl, 4-(1 ,1-dimethylethoxy)butyl and the like.
The term "(Ci-Ce-alkylJcarbonyl" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) bonded via the carbon atom of the carbonyl group at any bond in the alkyl group. Examples include Ci-Cδ-alkylcarbonyl such CO-CH3, CO-C2H5, n-propylcarbonyl, 1-methylethylcarbonyl, n-butylcarbonyl, 1-methylpropylcarbonyl, 2-methylpropylcarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl- carbonyl, n-pentylcarbonyl, 1-methylbutylcarbonyl, 2-methylbutylcarbonyl, 3-methyl- butylcarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylcarbonyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpropylcarbonyl, 2,2-dimethyl- propylcarbonyl, 1-ethylpropylcarbonyl, n-hexylcarbonyl, 1-methylpentylcarbonyl, 2-methylpentylcarbonyl, 3-methylpentylcarbonyl, 4-methylpentylcarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethyl- butylcarbonyl, 1 ,2-dimethylbutylcarbonyl, 1 ,3-dimethylbutylcarbonyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl- carbonyl, 2,3-dimethylbutylcarbonyl, 3,3-dimethylbutylcarbonyl, 1-ethylbutylcarbonyl, 2-ethylbutylcarbonyl, 1 ,1 ,2-trimethylpropylcarbonyl, 1 ,2,2-trimethylpropylcarbonyl, 1-ethyl-1-methylpropylcarbonyl or 1-ethyl-2-methylpropylcarbonyl and the like.
The term "(Ci-C6-alkoxy)carbonyl" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group (as mentioned above) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms attached via the carbon atom of the carbonyl group, for example CO-OCH3, CO-OC2H5, CO-OCH2-C2H5, CO-OCH(CHs)2, n-butoxycarbonyl, CO-OCH(CHs)-C2H5, CO-OCH2-CH(CH3)2, CO-OC(CH3)3, n-pentoxycarbonyl, 1-methylbutoxycarbonyl, 2-methylbutoxycarbonyl, 3-methylbutoxycarbonyl, 2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1 -ethylpropoxycarbonyl, n-hexoxycarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1 -methylpentoxycarbonyl, 2-methylpentoxycarbonyl, 3-methylpentoxycarbonyl, 4-methylpentoxycarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylbutoxycarbonyl, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxycarbonyl, 1 ,3-dimethylbutoxycarbonyl, 2,2-dimethylbutoxycarbonyl, 2,3-dimethylbutoxycarbonyl, 3,3-dimethylbutoxycarbonyl, 1 -ethylbutoxycarbonyl, 2-ethylbutoxycarbonyl, 1 ,1 ,2-trimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1 ,2,2-trimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1-ethyl-1-methyl- propoxycarbonyl or 1-ethyl-2-methylpropoxycarbonyl.
The term "(Ci-C6-alkyl)carbonyloxy" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) bonded via the carbon atom of the carbonyloxy group at any bond in the alkyl group, for example O-CO-CH3, 0-CO-C2H5, n-propylcarbonyloxy, 1-methylethylcarbonyloxy, n-butylcarbonyloxy, 1 -methylpropylcarbonyloxy, 2-methylpropylcarbonyloxy, 1 ,1-dimethylethylcarbonyloxy, n-pentylcarbonyloxy, 1-methylbutylcarbonyloxy, 2-methylbutylcarbonyloxy, 3-methylbutylcarbonyloxy, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylcarbonyloxy or 1 ,2-dimethylpropylcarbonyloxy.
The term "Ci-Cβ-alkylthio "(Ci-Cδ-alkylsulfanyl: Ci-Cβ-alkyl-S-)" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via a sulfur atom, for example Ci-C4-alkylthio such as methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, 1-methylethylthio, butylthio, 1-methylpropylthio, 2-methylpropylthio, 1 ,1-dimethylethylthio, n-pentylthiocarbonyl, 1-methylbutylthio, 2-methylbutylthio, 3-methylbutylthio, 2,2-dimethylpropylthio, 1-ethylpropylthio, n-hexyl- thio, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylthio, 1 ,2-dimethylpropylthio, 1-methylpentylthio, 2-methylpentyl- thio, 3-methylpentylthio, 4-methylpentylthio, 1 ,1-dimethylbutylthio, 1 ,2-dimethylbutyl- thio, 1 ,3-dimethylbutythio, 2,2-dimethylbutylthio, 2,3-dimethylbutylthio, 3,3-dimethyl- butylthio, 1-ethylbutlthio, 2-ethylbutylthio, 1 ,1 ,2-trimethylpropylthio, 1 ,2,2-trimethyl- propylthio, 1-ethyl-1-methylpropylthio or 1-ethyl-2-methylpropylthio.
The term "(Ci-Ce-alkylthioJcarbonyl" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched alkthio group (as mentioned above) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms attached via the carbon atom of the carbonyl group. Examples include CO-SCH3, CO-SC2H5, CO-SCH2-C2H5, CO-SCH(CHa)2, n-butylthiocarbonyl, CO-SCH(CHa)-C2H5,
CO-SCH2-CH(CHa)2, CO-SC(CH3)S, n-pentylthiocarbonyl, 1-methylbutylthiocarbonyl, 2-methylbutylthiocarbonyl, 3-methylbutylthiocarbonyl, 2,2-dimethylpropylthiocarbonyl, 1-ethylpropylthiocarbonyl, n-hexylthiocarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylthiocarbonyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpropylthiocarbonyl, 1-methylpentylthiocarbonyl, 2-methylpentylthio- carbonyl, 3-methylpentylthiocarbonyl, 4-methylpentylthiocarbonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylbutyl- thiocarbonyl, 1 ,2-dimethylbutylthiocarbonyl, 1 ,3-dimethylbutythiocarbonyl, 2,2-dimethyl- butylthiocarbonyl, 2,3-dimethylbutylthiocarbonyl, 3,3-dimethylbutylthiocarbonyl, 1-ethylbutlthioycarbonyl, 2-ethylbutylthiocarbonyl, 1 ,1 ,2-trimethylpropylthiocarbonyl, 1 ,2,2-trimethylpropylthiocarbonyl, 1-ethyl-1-methylpropylthiocarbonyl or 1-ethyl- 2-methylpropylthiocarbonyl.
The term "Ci-Ce-alkylsulfinyl" (Ci-Cδ-alkylsulfoxyl: Ci-C6-alkyl-S(=O)-), as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl group (as mentioned above) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms bonded through the sulfur atom of the sulfinyl group at any position in the alkyl group, for example SO-CH3, SO-C2H5, n-propylsulfinyl, 1-methyl- ethylsulfinyl, n-butylsulfinyl, 1-methylpropylsulfinyl, 2-methylpropylsulfinyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethylsulfinyl, n-pentylsulfinyl, 1-methylbutylsulfinyl, 2-methylbutylsulfinyl, 3-methylbutylsulfinyl, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylsulfinyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpropylsulfinyl, 2,2-dimethylpropylsulfinyl, 1-ethylpropylsulfinyl, n-hexylsulfinyl, 1-methylpentylsulfinyl, 2-methylpentylsulfinyl, 3-methylpentylsulfinyl, 4-methylpentylsulfinyl, 1 ,1-dimethyl- butylsulfinyl, 1 ,2-dimethylbutylsulfinyl, 1 ,3-dimethylbutylsulfinyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl- sulfinyl, 2,3-dimethylbutylsulfinyl, 3,3-dimethylbutylsulfinyl, 1-ethylbutylsulfinyl, 2-ethylbutylsulfinyl, 1 ,1 ,2-trimethylpropylsulfinyl, 1 ,2,2-trimethylpropylsulfinyl, 1-ethyl- 1-methylpropylsulfinyl or i-ethyl-2-methylpropylsulfinyl.
The term "Ci-C6-alkylamino" refers to a secondary amino group carrying one alkyl group as defined above, e.g. methylamino, ethylamino, propylamine 1-methyl- ethylamino, butylamino, 1-methylpropylamino, 2-methylpropylamino, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl- amino, pentylamino, 1-methylbutylamino, 2-methylbutylamino, 3-methylbutylamino, 2,2-dimethylpropylamino, 1-ethylpropylamino, hexylamino, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylamino, 1 ,2-dimethylpropylamino, 1-methylpentylamino, 2-methylpentylamino, 3-methylpentyl- amino, 4-methylpentylamino, 1 ,1-dimethylbutylamino, 1 ,2-dimethylbutylamino, 1 ,3-dimethylbutylamino, 2,2-dimethylbutylamino, 2,3-dimethylbutylamino, 3,3-dimethyl- butylamino, 1-ethylbutylamino, 2-ethylbutylamino, 1 ,1 ,2-trimethylpropylamino,
1 ,2,2-trimethylpropylamino, 1-ethyl-1-methylpropylamino or 1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl- amino.
The term "di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino)" refers to a tertiary amino group carrying two alkyl radicals as defined above, e.g. dimethylamino, diethylamino, di-n-propylamino, diiso- propylamino, N-ethyl-N-methylamino, N-(n-propyl)-N-methylamino, N-(isopropyl)- N-methylamino, N-(n-butyl)-N-methylamino, N-(n-pentyl)-N-methylamino, N-(2-butyl)- N-methylamino, N-(isobutyl)-N-methylamino, N-(n-pentyl)-N-methylamino, N-(n-propyl)- N-ethylamino, N-(isopropyl)-N-ethylamino, N-(n-butyl)-N-ethylamino, N-(n-pentyl)- N-ethylamino, N-(2-butyl)-N-ethylamino, N-(isobutyl)-N-ethylamino or N-(n-pentyl)- N-ethylamino.
The term "Ci-C6-alkylsulfonyl" (Ci-C6-alkyl-S(=O)2-) as used herein refers to a straight- chain or branched saturated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is bonded via the sulfur atom of the sulfonyl group at any position in the alkyl group, for example SO2-CH3, SO2-C2H5, n-propylsulfonyl, SO2-CH(CHa)2, n-butylsulfonyl, 1-methylpropylsulfonyl, 2-methylpropylsulfonyl, SO2-C(CH3)3, n-pentylsulfonyl, 1-methylbutylsulfonyl, 2-methylbutylsulfonyl, 3-methylbutylsulfonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylpropylsulfonyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpropylsulfonyl, 2,2-dimethylpropylsulfonyl, 1-ethylpropylsulfonyl, n-hexylsulfonyl, 1-methylpentylsulfonyl, 2-methylpentylsulfonyl, 3-methylpentylsulfonyl, 4-methylpentylsulfonyl, 1 ,1-dimethylbutylsulfonyl, 1 ,2-dimethylbutylsulfonyl, 1 ,3-dimethylbutylsulfonyl, 2,2-dimethylbutylsulfonyl, 2,3-dimethylbutylsulfonyl, 3,3-dimethylbutylsulfonyl, 1-ethylbutylsulfonyl, 2-ethylbutyl- sulfonyl, 1 ,1 ,2-trimethylpropylsulfonyl, 1 ,2,2-trimethylpropylsulfonyl, 1-ethyl-1-methyl- propylsulfonyl or i-ethyl-2-methylpropylsulfonyl.
The term "C2-C6-alkenyl" as used herein and in the alkenyl moieties of C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkenylamino, C2-C6-alkenylthio, C2-C6-alkenylsulfonyl,
(C2-C6-alkenyl)carbonyl, (C2-C6-alkenyloxy)carbonyl and (C2-C6-alkenyl)carbonyloxy refers to a straight-chain or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and a double bond in any position, such as ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-methyl-ethenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl; 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-methyl-1-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-butenyl, 3-methyl-1-butenyl, 1-methyl-2-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-methyl-3-butenyl, 2-methyl-3-butenyl, 3-methyl-3-butenyl, 1 ,1-dimethyl-2-propenyl, 1 ,2-dimethyl- 1-propenyl, 1 ,2-dimethyl-2-propenyl, 1-ethyl-1-propenyl, 1-ethyl-2-propenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 1-methyl-1-pentenyl, 2-methyl-1-pentenyl, 3-methyl-1-pentenyl, 4-methyl-1-pentenyl, 1-methyl-2-pentenyl, 2-methyl-2-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2-pentenyl, 4-methyl-2-pentenyl, 1-methyl-3-pentenyl, 2-methyl-3-pentenyl, 3-methyl-3-pentenyl, 4-methyl-3-pentenyl, 1-methyl-4-pentenyl, 2-methyl-4-pentenyl, 3-methyl-4-pentenyl, 4-methyl-4-pentenyl, 1 ,1-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1 ,1-dimethyl- 3-butenyl, 1 ,2-dimethyl-1-butenyl, 1 ,2-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1 ,2-dimethyl-3-butenyl,
1 ,3-dimethyl-1-butenyl, 1 ,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1 ,3-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 2,2-dimethyl- 3-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-1-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butenyl, 3,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1-ethyl-1-butenyl, 1-ethyl-2-butenyl, 1-ethyl-3-butenyl, 2-ethyl-1-butenyl, 2-ethyl-2-butenyl, 2-ethyl-3-butenyl, 1 ,1 ,2-tri- methyl-2-propenyl, 1-ethyl-1-methyl-2-propenyl, 1-ethyl-2-methyl-1-propenyl and 1 -ethyl-2-methyl-2-propenyl.
The term, "C2-C6-alkenyloxy" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via an oxygen atom, such as vinyloxy, allyloxy (propen-3-yloxy), methallyloxy, buten-4-yloxy, etc..
The term "C2-C6-alkenylthio" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via a sulfur atom, for example vinylsulfanyl, allylsulfanyl (propen-3-ylthio), methallylsufanyl, buten-4-ylsulfanyl, etc..
The term "C2-C6-alkenylamino" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via the nitrogen atom of the amino group, for example vinylamino, allylamino (propen-3- ylamino), methallylamino, buten-4-ylamino, etc.
The term "C2-C6-alkenylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via a sulfonyl (SO2) group, for example vinylsulfonyl, allylsulfonyl (propen-3-ylsulfonyl), methallylsufonyl, buten-4-ylsulfonyl, etc.
The term "C2-C6-alkynyl" as used herein and in the alkynyl moieties of C2-C6-alkyn- yloxy, C2-C6-alkynylamino, C2-C6-alkynylthio, C2-C6-alkynylsulfonyl, C2-C6-alkynyl- carbonyl, C2-C6-alkynyloxycarbonyl and Ci-Cδ-alkynylcarbonyloxy refers to a straight- chain or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and containing at least one triple bond, such as ethynyl, prop-1-yn-1-yl, prop-2-yn-1-yl, n-but-1-yn-1-yl, n-but-1-yn-3-yl, n-but-1-yn-4-yl, n-but-2-yn-1-yl, n-pent-1-yn-1-yl, n-pent-1-yn-3-yl, n-pent-1-yn-4-yl, n-pent-1-yn-5-yl, n-pent-2-yn-1-yl, n-pent-2-yn-4-yl, n-pent-2-yn-5-yl, 3-methylbut-1-yn-3-yl, 3-methylbut-1-yn-4-yl, n-hex-1-yn-1-yl, n-hex- 1-yn-3-yl, n-hex-1-yn-4-yl, n-hex-1-yn-5-yl, n-hex-1-yn-6-yl, n-hex-2-yn-1-yl, n-hex- 2-yn-4-yl, n-hex-2-yn-5-yl, n-hex-2-yn-6-yl, n-hex-3-yn-1-yl, n-hex-3-yn-2-yl, 3-methyl- pent-1-yn-1-yl, 3-methylpent-1-yn-3-yl, 3-methylpent-1-yn-4-yl, 3-methylpent-1-yn-5-yl, 4-methylpent-1-yn-1-yl, 4-methylpent-2-yn-4-yl or 4-methylpent-2-yn-5-yl and the like.
The term, "C2-C6-alkynyloxy" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via an oxygen atom, such as propargyloxy (propyn-3-yloxy), butyn-3-yloxy, and butyn-4-yloxy.
The term "C2-C6-alkynylthio" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via a sulfur atom, such as propargylsulfanyl (propyn-3-ylthio), butyn-3-ylsufanyl and butyn- 4-ylsulfanyl.
The term "C2-C6-alkynylamino" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via the nitogen atom of an amino group, such as propargylamino (propyn-3-ylamino), bu- tyn-3-amino, and butyn-4-ylamino.
The term "C2-C6-alkynylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to a straight-chain or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (as mentioned above) which is attached via a sulfonyl (SO2) group, such as propargylsulfonyl (propin-3-yltsulfonyl), butin-3-ylsufonyl and butin-4-ylsulfonyl. The term "Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl" as used herein refers to a mono- or bi- or polycyclic hydrocarbon radical having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, in particular 3 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of monocyclic radicals comprise cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclo- heptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl and cyclodecyl. Examples of bicyclic radicals comprise bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl and bicyclo[3.2.1]octyl.
The term "5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring" as used herein refers to a monocyclic heteroaromatic radical which has 5 or 6 ring members, which may comprise a fused 5, 6 or 7 membered ring thus having a total number of ring members from 8 to 10, wherein in each case 1 , 2, 3 or 4 of these ring members are heteroatoms selected, independently from each other, from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. The heterocyclic radical may be attached to the remainder of the molecule via a carbon ring member or via a nitrogen ring member. The fused ring comprises C5-C7-cycloalkyl, Cs-Cz-cycloalkenyl, or 5 to 7 membered heterocyclyl and phenyl.
Examples for monocyclic 5- to 6-membered heteroaromatic rings include triazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isothiazolyl and isoxa- zolyl.
Examples for 5- to 6-membered heteroaromatic rings carrying a fused phenyl ring are quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuryl, benzthienyl, benzo[b]thiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, and benzimidazolyl. Ex- amples for 5- to 6-membered heteroaromatic rings carrying a fused cycloalkenyl ring are dihydroindolyl, dihydroindolizinyl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydrochinolinyl, dihydroiso- chinolinyl, chromenyl, chromanyl and the like.
The term "mono- or bicyclic 5- to 10-membered heterocyclyl" comprises monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaromatic rings as defined above and monocyclic and bicyclix non- aromatic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic rings having 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 ring members. Examples for non-aromatic rings include pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, imida- zolinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, 1 ,3-dioxolanyl, dioxolenyl, thiolanyl, dihydrothienyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxa- zolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, isothiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxathiolanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, thiopyranyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, morpholinyl, thiazinyl and the like. The term "5-, 6- or 7-membered carbocycle" comprises monocyclic aromatic rings and nonaromatic saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic rings having 5, 6 or 7 ring members. Examples for non-aromatic rings include cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cyclohep- tenyl, cycloheptadienyl and the like.
As regards the pesticidal activity of the compounds of general formula I, preference is given to those compounds of the formula I, wherein the variables n, m, X, R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, Rc, Ar and Het have independently of each other or more preferably in combination the following meanings.
Preferred are compounds of the formula I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-C6-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and Ci-Cβ-alkylthio, and wherein C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-Cβ-alkyl and Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl.
More preferred are compounds of the formula I, wherein R1, R2 and R3 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen and Ci-Cβ-alkyl, especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl and isobutyl.
Most preferred are compounds of the formula I, wherein R1, R2 and R3 are hydrogen.
Preference is also given to compounds of the formula I wherein R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, halogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl, and Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl. More preference is given to compounds of the formula I wherein R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d are selected from hydrogen. Likewise, preference is given to compounds I, wherein one of the radicals R4a, R4b, R4c or R4d is selected from halogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl, and Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl and the other radicals R4a, R4b, R4c or R4d are hydrogen.
Preference is furthermore given to compounds of the formula I in which R5, R6 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, cyano, nitro, C(=O)RC, wherein Rc is as defined above, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ca-Cβ-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C6-alkoxy)methylen, Ci-Cβ-alkylsulfanyl, Ci-Cβ-alkylsulfinyl and Ci-Cβ-alkylsulfonyl, wherein the aliphatic moieties in the aforementioned radicals may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated and/or may carry 1 , 2 or 3 radicals, which are independently of one another, selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cδ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and Ci-Cβ-alkylthio and wherein C3-C8-cycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-Cβ-alkyl and Ci-Cδ-haloalkyl. Amongst these, particular preference is given to those compounds I in which wherein R5, R6 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, cyano, nitro, Ci-Cβ-alkyl and C(=O)RC, wherein Rc is as defined above.
If present, Rc is preferably hydrogen, Ci-Cβ alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl,
Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl, d-Cβ-alkylthio, Ci-C6-alkoxy, (Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)- amino, hydrazine (Ci-C6-alkyl)hydrazino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)hydrazino, phenyl or a mono- or bicyclic 5- to 10-membered heteroaromatic ring, which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroa- toms selected from O, S and N.
Preference is given to compounds I wherein X is sulfur.
Likewise, preference is given to compounds I wherein X is oxygen.
Likewise, preference is also given to compounds I in which X is NR7 wherein R7 is as defined above.
R7 is preferably hydrogen, cyano, nitro, C(=O)-RC, especially formyl, Ci-Cδ-alkyl- carbonyl or benzoyl, Ci-Cδ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C6-alkoxy)methylen, Ci-Cδ-alkylsulfanyl, Ci-Cβ-alkylsulfinyl or Ci-Cδ-alkylsulfonyl, wherein the aliphatic moieties in the aforementioned radicals may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated and/or may carry 1 , 2 or 3 radicals, which are independently of one another, selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cδ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and Ci-Cβ-alkylthio and wherein C3-C8-cycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-Cβ-alkyl and d-Ce-haloalkyl.
R7 is in particular selected from hydrogen, cyano, nitro, C(=O)RC, especially benzoyl, formyl or Ci-Cδ-alkylcarbonyl such as acetyl or ethylcarbonyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, with hydrogen, C-i-Cδ-alkyl or a radical C(=O)RC wherein Rc is H, Ci-Cβ-alkyl or phenyl, being most preferred. Preference is given to compounds I wherein the carbon atom which carries the radical A has S-configuration.
Preference is also given to compounds I wherein the carbon atom which carries the radical A has R-configuration.
A preferred embodiment of the invention relates to compounds of the formula I in which at least one of the integers m or n is different from 0. If present, R10 is preferably selected from halogen, OH, SH, NH2, SO3H, COOH, cyano, CONH2, C(=O)RC, wherein Rc is as defined above, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkylamino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)- amino, wherein the aliphatic moieties in the aforementioned radicals may be unsubsti- tuted, partially or completely halogenated and/or may carry 1 , 2 or 3 radicals, which are independently of one another, selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and d-Cδ-alkylthio and wherein C3-C8-cycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-Cβ-alkyl and d-Ce-haloalkyl.
More preferably, R10 is selected from halogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, and Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, wherein the two last-mentioned radicals may be unsubstituted or partially or fully halogenated. Particularly preferred radicals R10 include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or isobutyl, Ci-C4-haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C2-fluoroalkyl such as difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy such as methoxy or ethoxy, and Ci-C4-haloalkoxy, especially CrC2- fluoroalkoxy such as difluorom ethoxy or trifluoromethoxy.
A preferred embodiment of the invention relates to compounds of the formula I wherein n is 1 , 2 or 3, in particular 1 or 2. In particular Ar is phenyl carrying 1 , 2 or 3 radicals R10, wherein one radical R10 is located in the 3-position relative to the point of attach- ment to the ethane skleton. Amongst these, preference is given to compounds of the formula I, wherein Ar is phenyl, which carries one radical R10 which is located in the 3-position of the phenyl ring. Preference is also given to compounds of the formula I wherein Ar is phenyl, which carries 2 or 3 radicals R10, wherein one radical R10 is located in the 3-position and an other radical R10 is located in the 5-position of the phenyl ring. Amongst the compounds wherein Ar is phenyl, which carries 3 radicals R10, preference is given to those, wherein one radical R10 is located in the 3-position, a second radical R10 is located in the 5-position and the third radical R10 is located in the 4-position of the phenyl ring. A preferred embodiment of the invention relates to compounds of the formula I wherein Ar is phenyl which may be unsubstituted or substituted by n radicals R10 wherein n and R10 have the meanings as defined above, in particular the meanings given as being preferred.
Examples of preferred radicals Ar are listed in table A below.
Table A:
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
Het is preferably a C-bound 5- or 6-membered, in particular a 5-memberd C-bound heteroaromatic ring as defined above which is unsubstituted or substituted by m radicals R8 and/or may carry at its nitrogen atom, if present, a radical R9 or oxygen, with m being 0, 1 , 2 or 3, in particular 0, 1 or 2.
If present, R8 is preferably selected from halogen, OH, SH, NH2, SO3H, COOH, cyano, CONH2, C(=O)RC, d-Ce-alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, Ci-C6-alkylamino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, wherein the aliphatic moieties in the aforementioned radicals may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated and/or may carry 1 , 2 or 3 radicals, which are independently of one another, selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyl- oxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and Ci-Cβ-alkylthio and wherein C3-Cs-cyclo- alkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-Cβ-alkyl and Ci-Cδ-halo- alkyl. More preferably, R8 is selected from halogen, especially chlorine, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or tert- butyl, Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl, in particular Ci-C4-haloalkyl, especially Ci-C2-fluoroalkyl such as trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl or 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, d-Cβ-alkoxy, especially methoxy, ethoxy or propoxy, and Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy, especially Ci-C2-fluoroalkyl such as trifluoromethoxy or difluorom ethoxy.
If present, R9 is preferably hydrogen or Ci-Cβ-alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or tert. -butyl, more preferably hydrogen or Ci-C4-alkyl, in particular hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
In particular, Het is unsubstituted or carries 1 or 2 radicals R8. Likewise preference is given to compounds I, wherein Het is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or 2 radicals R8 and 1 radical R9.
Preference is given to compounds I wherein Het is a 5-membered heteroaromatic ring, in particular a 5-membered, C-bound heteroaromatic ring, as defined above, with Het being unsubstituted or substituted by m radicals R8 and/or carrying at its nitrogen atom, if present, a radical R9 as defined above. Particular preference is given to those 5- memberd heteroaromatic radicals Het which are selected from 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 2-thiazoyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5- isoxazoly, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazoly, 3-pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 5- pyrazolyl, 1 ,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl, 1 ,2,4- thiadiazol-5-yl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl, 4H-1 ,2,4-triazol-3-yl, 1 H- 1 ,2,4-triazol-3-yl, 2H-1 ,2,4-triazol-3-yl, 3H-1 ,2,3-triazol-4-yl, 1 H-1 ,2,3-triazol-4-yl, 1 H- 1 ,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazol-4-yl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazol-5-yl, 1 ,2,3-thiadiazol-4-yl and 1 ,2,3-thiadiazol-5-yl. Het may be unsubstituted or substituted by m radicals R8 and/or may carry at its nitrogen atom, if present, a radical R9 wherein R8, R9 and m are as de- fined above.
Examples of preferred 5-membered heteroaromatic radicals Het include
Figure imgf000028_0001
Het.1 Het.2 Het.3 Het.4
Figure imgf000028_0002
Het.9 Het.10 Het.11 Het.12
Figure imgf000028_0003
Het .17 Het.18 Het.19 Het.20
Figure imgf000028_0004
Figure imgf000029_0001
Het.25 Het.26 Het.27 Het.28
Figure imgf000029_0002
Het.29 Het.30 Het.31 Het.32
Figure imgf000029_0003
Het.33 Het.34 Het.35 Het.36
Figure imgf000029_0004
Het.37 Het.38 Het.39 Het.40
wherein # denotes the position of attachment in formula I and wherein R8A, R8B, R8C, R8D and R8E, independently of each other, are hydrogen or have one of the meanings given for R8, in particular hydrogen and the meanings given for R8 as being preferred, and R9 has the meanings as given above, in particular the meanings given as being preferred.
A preferred embodiment of the invention relates to compounds I wherein Het is selected from the radicals of formulae Het.1 , Het.2, Het.3, Het.4, Het.5, Het.6, Het.7, Het.8, Het.9, Het.10, Het.11 , Het.12, Het.13, Het.14, Het.15, Het.16, Het.17, Het.18, Het.19, Het.20, Het.21 , Het.22, Het.23, Het.24, Het.25, Het.26, Het.27, Het.28, Het.29 and Het.30.
More preferred are compounds I wherein Het is selected from the radicals of formulae Het.1 , Het.2, Het.3, Het.4, Het.5, Het.6, Het.22, Het.23 and Het.24. Especially preferred are compounds I wherein Het is selected from Het.1 , Het.2, Het.3 and Het.4.
Likewise especially preferred are Het.22, Het.23 and Het.24.
In particular preferred are compounds I wherein Het is selected from the radicals of formulae Het.1 , Het.3, Het.4, Het.6 and Het.23.
Preference is also given to compounds I wherein Het is a 6-membered heteroaromatic ring as defined above. Particular preference is given to those 6-memberd heteroaromatic radicals Het which are selected from pyridin-2-yl, N-oxide of pyridin-2-yl, pyridin- 3-yl, N-oxide of pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, N-oxide of pyridin-4-yl, pyridazin-3-yl, pyri- dazin-4-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl, pyrazin-2-yl, 1 ,3,5-triazin-2-yl, 1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl, 1 ,2,4-triazin-5-yl, 1 ,2,4-triazin-6-yl and 1 ,2,4,5-tetrazin-3-yl and wherein Het is unsubstituted or substituted by m radicals R8. If present, R8 has the meanings given above, especially those meanings given as being preferred.
Examples of preferred 6-membered heteroaromatic radicals Het include
Figure imgf000030_0001
Het.41 Het.42 Het.43
Figure imgf000030_0002
Het.44 Het.45 Het.46 Het.47
Figure imgf000030_0003
Het.48 Het.49 Het.50 Het.51
Figure imgf000031_0001
Het.52 Het.53 Het.54 Het.55
Figure imgf000031_0002
wherein # denotes the position of attachment in formula I and wherein R8A, R8B, R8C, R8D and R8E, independently of each other, are hydrogen or have one of the meanings given for R8, especially hydrogen and the meanings given for R8 as being preferred.
A preferred embodiment of the invention relates to compound I wherein Het is selected from Het.41 , Het.42, Het.43, Het.49, Het.50 and Het.51. More preferred are compounds I wherein Het is selected from Het.41 , Het.42 and Het.43, in particular from Het.41 and Het.43.
Examples of radicals Het are in particular those in which R8A, R8B, R8C, R8D and R8E, and R9, if present, together have the meanings given in one row of table B.
Table B:
Figure imgf000031_0003
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Apart from that, Ra and Rb are, independently of each other, preferably selected from hydrogen and Ci-Cδ-alkyl.
Y is preferably a single bond, O, S or methylen.
Ar' is preferably phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring. Cy is preferably cyclohexyl.
Particular preference is given to those compounds I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen;
A is A2 wherein R4a, R4b, R4c, Rd are hydrogen and X is sulfur; and
R6 is hydrogen.
Particular preference is also given to those compounds I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen;
A is A2 wherein R4a, R4b, R4c, Rd are hydrogen and X is O; and
R6 is hydrogen.
Particular preference is also given to those compounds I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen;
A is A2 wherein R4a, R4b, R4c, Rd are hydrogen and X is NH; and
R6 is hydrogen. Particular preference is also given to those compounds I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen;
A is A2 wherein R4a, R4b, R4c, Rd are hydrogen and X is N-CH3; and R6 is hydrogen.
Particular preference is also given to those compounds I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen;
A is A2 wherein R4a, R4b, R4c, Rd are hydrogen and X is N-C(O)CH3; and R6 is hydrogen.
Examples of preferred compounds I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen, A is a radical A2 with R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d being hydrogen, X = S and R6 is hydrogen, are described in the following tables 1 to 205 (hereinafter also referred to as compounds Ia).
Table 1 : Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-1 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 2: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-2 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 3: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-3 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 4: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-4 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 5: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-5 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 6: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-6 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 7: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-7 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 8: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-8 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 9: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-9 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 10: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-10 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 11 : Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-1 1 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 12: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-12 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 13: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-13 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 14: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-14 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 15: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-15 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 16: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-16 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 17: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-17 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 18: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-18 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 19: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-19 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 20: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-20 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 21 : Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-21 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 22: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-22 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 23: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-23 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 24: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-24 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 25: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-25 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 26: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-26 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 27: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-27 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 28: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-28 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 29: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-29 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 30: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-30 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 31 : Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-31 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 32: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-32 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 33: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-33 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 34: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-34 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 35: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-35 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 36: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-36 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 37: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-37 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 38: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-38 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 39: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-39 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 40: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-40 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 41 : Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-41 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 42: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-42 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 43: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-43 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 44: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-44 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 45: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-45 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 46: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-46 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 47: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-47 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 48: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-48 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 49: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-49 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 50: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-50 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 51 : Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-51 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 52: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-52 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 53: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-53 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 54: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-54 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 55: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-55 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 56: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-56 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 57: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-57 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 58: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-58 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 59: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-59 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 60: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-60 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 61 : Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-61 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 62: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-62 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 63: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-63 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 64: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-64 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 65: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-65 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 66: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-66 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 67: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-67 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 68: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-68 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 69: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-69 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 70: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-70 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 71 : Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-71 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 72: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-72 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 73: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-73 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 74: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-74 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 75: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-75 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 76: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-76 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 77: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-77 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 78: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-78 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 79: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-79 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 80: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-80 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 81 : Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-81 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 82: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-82 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 83: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-83 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 84: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-84 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 85: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-85 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 86: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-86 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 87: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-87 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 88: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-88 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 89: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-89 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 90: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-90 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 91 : Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-91 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 92: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-92 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 93: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-93 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 94: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-94 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 95: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-95 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 96: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-96 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 97: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-97 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 98: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-98 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 99: Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-99 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 100:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-100 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 101 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-101 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 102:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-102 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 103:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-103 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 104:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-104 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 105:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-105 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 106:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-106 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 107:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-107 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 108:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-108 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 109:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-109 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 1 10:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-110 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 1 11 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-11 1 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 1 12:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-112 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 1 13:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-113 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 1 14:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-114 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 1 15:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-115 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 1 16:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-116 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 1 17:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-117 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 1 18:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-118 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 1 19:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-119 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 120:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-120 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 121 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-121 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 122:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-122 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 123:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-123 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 124:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-124 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 125:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-125 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 126:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-126 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 127:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-127 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 128:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-128 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 129:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-129 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 130:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-130 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 131 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-131 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 132:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-132 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 133:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-133 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 134:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-134 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 135:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-135 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 136:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-136 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 137:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-137 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 138:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-138 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 139:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-139 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 140:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-140 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 141 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-141 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 142:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-142 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 143:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-143 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 144:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-144 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 145:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-145 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 146:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-146 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 147:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-147 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 148:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-148 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 149:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-149 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 150:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-150 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 151 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-151 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 152:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-152 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 153:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-153 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 154:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-154 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 155:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-155 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 156:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-156 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 157:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-157 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 158:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-158 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 159:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-159 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 160:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-160 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 161 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-161 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 162:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-162 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 163:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-163 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 164:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-164 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 165:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-165 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 166:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-166 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 167:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-167 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 168:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-168 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 169:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-169 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 170:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-170 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 171 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-171 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 172:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-172 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 173:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-173 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 174:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-174 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 175:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-175 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 176:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-176 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 177:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-177 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 178:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-178 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 179:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-179 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 180:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-180 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 181 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-181 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 182:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-182 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 183:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-183 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 184:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-184 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 185:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-185 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 186:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-186 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 187:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-187 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 188:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-188 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 189:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-189 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 190:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-190 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 191 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-191 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 192:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-192 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 193:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-193 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 194:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-194 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 195:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-195 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 196:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-196 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 197:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-197 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 198:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-198 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 199:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-199 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 200:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-200 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 201 :Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-201 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 202:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-202 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 203:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-203 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 204:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-204 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 205:Compounds of the formula Ia, wherein Ar = Ar-205 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Examples of preferred compounds I are also the compounds of formula I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen, A is a radical A2 with R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d being hydrogen, X is O and R6 is hydrogen, and wherein Ar and Het are as defined in the tables 1 to 205.
Examples of preferred compounds I are also the compounds of formula I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen, A is a radical A2 with R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d being hydrogen, X is NH and R6 is hydrogen, and wherein Ar and Het are as defined in the tables 1 to 205.
Examples of preferred compounds I are also the compounds of formula I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen, A is a radical A2 with R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d being hydrogen, X is NCH3 and R6 is hydrogen, and wherein Ar and Het are as defined in the tables 1 to 205.
Examples of preferred compounds I are also the compounds of formula I, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen, A is a radical A2 with R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d being hydrogen, X is NC(O)CH3 and R6 is hydrogen, and wherein Ar and Het are as defined in the tables 1 to 205.
Compounds of the general formula Il and the salts thereof
Figure imgf000073_0001
wherein Het, Ar, R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d are as defined above and wherein Rz is hydrogen, or acetyl are new and thus form part of the invention.
As regards the pesticidal activity of the compounds of general formula II, preference is given to those compounds Il wherein the variables Het, Ar, R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c and
R4d have independently of each other or more preferably in combination the meanings mentioned above as being preferred.
Particular preference is also given to those compounds II, wherein
R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen;
R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d are hydrogen; and
Rz is hydrogen.
Particular preference is also given to those compounds II, wherein
R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen;
R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d are hydrogen; and
Rz is acetyl.
Examples of preferred compounds II, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen, R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d are hydrogen, and Rz is hydrogen are described in the following tables 206 to
410 (hereinafter also referred to as compounds Ma).
Table 206:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-1 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 207:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-2 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 208:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-3 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 209:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-4 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 210:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-5 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 211 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-6 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 212:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-7 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 213:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-8 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 214:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-9 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 215:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-10 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 216:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-11 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 217:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-12 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 218:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-13 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 219:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-14 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 220:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-15 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 221 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-16 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 222:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-17 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 223:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-18 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 224:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-19 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 225:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-20 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 226:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-21 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 227:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-22 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 228:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-23 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 229:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-24 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 230:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-25 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 231 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-26 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 232:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-27 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 233:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-28 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 234:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-29 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 235:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-30 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 236:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-31 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 237:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-32 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 238:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-33 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 239:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-34 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 240:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-35 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 241 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-36 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 242:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-37 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 243:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-38 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 244:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-39 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 245:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-40 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 246:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-41 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 247:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-42 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 248:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-43 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 249:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-44 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 250:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-45 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 251 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-46 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 252:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-47 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 253:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-48 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 254:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-49 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 255:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-50 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 256:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-51 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 257:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-52 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 258:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-53 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 259:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-54 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 260:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-55 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 261 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-56 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 262:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-57 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 263:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-58 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 264:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-59 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 265:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-60 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 266:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-61 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 267:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-62 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 268:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-63 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 269:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-64 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 270:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-65 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 271 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-66 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 272:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-67 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 273:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-68 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 274:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-69 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 275:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-70 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 276:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-71 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 277:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-72 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 278:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-73 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 279:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-74 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 280:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-75 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 281 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-76 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 282:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-77 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 283:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-78 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 284:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-79 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 285:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-80 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 286:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-81 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 287:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-82 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 288:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-83 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 289:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-84 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 290:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-85 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 291 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-86 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 292:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-87 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 293:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-88 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 294:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-89 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 295:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-90 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 296:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-91 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 297:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-92 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 298:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-93 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 299:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-94 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 300:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-95 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 301 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-96 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 302:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-97 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 303:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-98 as defined in table
A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 304:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-99 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 305:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-100 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 306:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-101 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 307:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-102 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 308:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-103 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 309:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-104 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 310:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-105 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 311 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-106 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 312:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-107 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 313:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-108 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 314:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-109 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 315:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-110 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 316:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-11 1 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 317:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-112 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 318:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-113 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 319:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-114 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 320:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-115 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 321 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-116 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 322:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-117 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 323:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-118 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 324:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-119 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 325:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-120 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 326:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-121 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 327:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-122 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 328:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-123 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 329:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-124 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 330:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-125 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 331 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-126 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 332:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-127 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 333:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-128 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 334:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-129 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 335:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-130 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 336:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-131 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 337:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-132 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 338:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-133 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 339:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-134 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 340:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-135 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 341 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-136 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 342:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-137 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 343:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-138 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 344:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-139 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 345:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-140 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 346:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-141 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 347:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-142 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 348:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-143 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 349:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-144 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 350:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-145 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 351 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-146 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 352:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-147 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 353:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-148 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 354:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-149 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 355:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-150 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 356:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-151 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 357:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-152 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 358:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-153 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 359:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-154 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 360:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-155 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 361 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-156 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 362:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-157 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 363:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-158 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 364:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-159 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 365:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-160 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 366:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-161 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 367:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-162 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 368:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-163 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 369:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-164 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 370:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-165 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 371 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-166 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 372:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-167 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 373:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-168 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 374:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-169 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 375:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-170 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 376:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-171 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 377:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-172 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 378:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-173 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 379:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-174 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 380:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-175 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 381 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-176 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 382:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-177 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 383:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-178 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 384:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-179 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 385:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-180 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 386:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-181 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 387:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-182 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 388:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-183 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 389:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-184 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 390:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-185 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 391 :Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-186 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 392:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-187 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 393:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-188 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 394:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-189 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 395:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-190 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 396:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-191 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 397:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-192 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 398:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-193 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 399:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-194 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 400:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-195 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 401 :Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-196 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 402:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-197 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 403:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-198 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 404:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-199 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 405:Compounds of the formula Ma, wherein Ar = Ar-200 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 406:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-201 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 407:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-202 as defined in ta- ble A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 408:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-203 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Table 409:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-204 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B. Table 410:Compounds of the formula Na, wherein Ar = Ar-205 as defined in table A, and Het for a compound corresponds in each case to one row of table B.
Examples of preferred compounds M are also the compounds of formula M, wherein R1, R2, R3 are hydrogen, R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d are hydrogen, and Rz is acetyl, and wherein Ar and Het are as defined in the tables 206 to 410.
The compounds of formula I can be obtained as outlined in schemes 1 to 4.
The compounds of the formula I according to the invention wherein X is oxygen or sul- fur can be e.g. prepared from the corresponding aminothiocarbonyl-ethane compounds M and aminocarbonyl-ethane compounds Ml, respectively, as shown in scheme 1 : Scheme 1 :
Figure imgf000086_0001
(II) X = S X = O
In scheme 1 , R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d, Ar and Het are as defined above.
The aminothiocarbonylaminoethane compound Il and the aminocarbonylaminoethane compound III, respectively, can be cyclized by conventional means thereby obtaining the azoline compound of the formula I. Cyclization of the compound Il and III, respec- tively, can be achieved e.g. under acid catalysis or under dehydrating conditions e.g. by Mitsunobu's reaction (see Tetrahedron Letters 1999, 40, 3125-3128) or as described below (preparation examples).
Alternatively, the compounds of the formula I according to the invention wherein X is O or S can be prepared by the method shown in scheme 2.
Scheme 2:
Figure imgf000086_0002
(IV) (I)
In scheme 2, R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d, Ar and Het are as defined above.
An amine IV or a salt thereof can be converted to an azoline I by reaction with 2-chloro- ethylisothiocyanate or 2-chloroethylisocyanate e.g. as described in Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1994, 4, 2317-22 and subsequent cyclization in the presence or absence of base. i-Chloro-2-isothiocyanatoethane (CAS-reg.-no.: 6099-88-3) and 2-chloroethyl- isocyanate (CAS-reg.-no.: 1943-83-5) are commercially available.
Compounds of the formula I according to the invention wherein X is NR7 may be prepared by the method shown in scheme 3.
Scheme 3:
Figure imgf000087_0001
In scheme 3, R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d, R7, Ar and Het are as defined above and LG is a leaving group.
Compounds of the formula I may be obtained by reacting an appropriate substituted amine IV or a salt thereof with a 2-substituted imidazoline V in an appropriate solvent. This reaction can be carried out, for example analogous to the methods described in US 5,130,441 or EP 0389765.
Compounds of the formula I wherein R5 and R6, respectively, are not hydrogen, can be obtained as outlined in scheme 4.
Scheme 4:
Figure imgf000087_0002
In scheme 4, R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d, X, Ar and Het are as defined above. A compound I wherein R5 and R6, respectively, are hydrogen is treated with a suitable elec- trophile. Suitable electrophiles are e.g. an alkylating or acylating agent R56-LG (LG = leaving group) e. g. as described in WO 2005063724.
Amines IV are known in the art or can be prepared by methods familiar to an organic chemist, for instance by application of general methods for the synthesis of amines described in J. Org. Chem. 1983, 48, 289-294. or Tetrahedron 1999, 55, 8883-8904 and as demonstrated below in the preparation procedure. Suitable amine salts IV are e.g. the acid addition salts formed by treating an amine IV with an inorganic or organic acid. Anions of useful acids are e.g. sulfate, hydrogensulfate, phosphate, dihydrogen- phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, nitrate, bicarbonate, carbonate, chloride, bromide, p-toluene sulfonate, and the anions of Ci-C4-alkanoic acids such as acetate, propionate, and the like.
Compounds of the formula Il and III, respectively, can be prepared as shown in schemes 5 and 6 below.
Scheme 5:
Figure imgf000088_0001
(II) X = S
(III) X = O
In scheme 5, R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d, Ar and Het are as defined above.
An amine IV or a salt thereof is converted to the corresponding iso(thio)cyanate Vl by conventional means, e.g. by reacting IV with (thio)phosgene, as described for example in the case of thiophosgene in Houben-Weyl, E4, "Methoden der Organischen Che- mie", chapter Mc, pp. 837-842, Georg Thieme Verlag 1983. It may be advantageous to carry out the reaction in the presence of a base. The iso(thio)cyanate Vl is then reacted with an aminoethanol VII to form an amino(thio)carbonylaminoethane compound. The reaction of the aminoethanol VII with iso(thio)cyanate V can be performed in accordance with standard methods of organic chemistry, see e.g. Biosci. Biotech. Biochem. 56 (7), 1062-65 (1992).
A further route to compounds II, wherein X is S is shown in scheme 6. Scheme 6:
Figure imgf000089_0001
(II) X = S
In scheme 6, R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d, Ar and Het are as defined above and R' has the meanings given for Rz or is e.g. benzoyl.
An amine IV or a salt thereof can be converted to the corresponding aminothiocarbon- ylaminoethane compound II, by reacting the amine IV with an isothiocyanates VIII and subsequent saponification as described in the preparation examples below. Isothiocyanates VII can be prepared according to the procedures described in Coll. Czech. Chem. Commun. 1986, 51 , 1 12-117.
Compounds of the formulae I, Il and III, respectively, wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen containing heteroaromatic ring may be converted to the corresponding N-oxides by treatment with a peracid under conditions known per se, for example by treating with hydrogen peroxide in an organic acid, such as formic acid, acetic acid, chloroacetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid (see, for example, J. Org. Chem. 55 (1990), 738-741 and Organic Synthesis, Collect. Vol. IV (1963), 655-656), or by reacting with an organic peracid, such as meta-perchlorobenzoic acid, in an inert solvent, for example a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane or dichloroethane (see, for example, Synthetic Commun. 22 (18) (1992), 2645; J. Med. Chem. (1998), 2146). Due to their excellent activity, the compounds of the general formulae I and Il may be used for controlling animal pests, selected from harmful insects, acarids and nematodes.
Accordingly, the invention further provides agriculturally composition for combating such animal pests, which comprises such an amount of at least one compound of the general formulae I and II, respectively, or at least an agriculturally useful salt of I and II, respectively, and at least one inert liquid and/or solid agronomically acceptable carrier that it has a pesticidal action and, if desired, at least one surfactant.
Such a composition may contain a single active compound of the formulae I and II, respectively, or the enantiomers thereof or a mixture of several active compounds I and compounds II, respectively, according to the present invention. The composition according to the present invention may comprise an individual isomer or mixtures of iso- mers as well as individual tautomers or mixtures of tautomers.
The compounds of the formula I as well as the compounds of the formula Il and the pestidicidal compositions comprising them are effective agents for controlling animal pests, selected from insects, arachnids and nematodes. Animal pests controlled by the compounds of formula I include for example
Insects from the order of the lepidopterans (Lepidoptera), for example Agrotis ypsilon, Agrotis segetum, Alabama argillacea, Anticarsia gemmatalis, Argyresthia conjugella, Autographa gamma, Bupalus piniarius, Cacoecia murinana, Capua reticulana, Cheima- tobia brumata, Choristoneura fumiferana, Choristoneura occidentalis, Cirphis unipuncta, Cydia pomonella, Dendrolimus pini, Diaphania nitidalis, Diatraea grandi- osella, Earias insulana, Elasmopalpus lignosellus, Eupoecilia ambiguella, Evetria bou- liana, Feltia subterranea, Galleria mellonella, Grapholitha funebrana, Grapholitha mo- lesta, Heliothis armigera, Heliothis virescens, Heliothis zea, HeIIuIa undalis, Hibernia defoliaria, Hyphantria cunea, Hyponomeuta malinellus, Keiferia lycopersicella, Lamb- dina fiscellaria, Laphygma exigua, Leucoptera coffeella, Leucoptera scitella, Lithocol- letis blancardella, Lobesia botrana, Loxostege sticticalis, Lymantria dispar, Lymantria monacha, Lyonetia clerkella, Malacosoma neustria, Mamestra brassicae, Orgyia pseu- dotsugata, Ostrinia nubilalis, Panolis flammea, Pectinophora gossypiella, Peridroma saucia, Phalera bucephala, Phthorimaea operculella, Phyllocnistis citrella, Pieris brassicae, Plathypena scabra, Plutella xylostella, Pseudoplusia includens, Rhyacionia frus- trana, Scrobipalpula absoluta, Sitotroga cerealella, Sparganothis pilleriana, Spodoptera frugiperda, Spodoptera littoralis, Spodoptera litura, Thaumatopoea pityocampa, Tortrix viridana, Trichoplusia ni and Zeiraphera canadensis;
beetles (Coleoptera), for example Agrilus sinuatus, Agriotes lineatus, Agriotes obscu- rus, Amphimallus solstitialis, Anisandrus dispar, Anthonomus grandis, Anthonomus pomorum, Atomaria linearis, Blastophagus piniperda, Blitophaga undata, Bruchus rufi- manus, Bruchus pisorum, Bruchus lentis, Byctiscus betulae, Cassida nebulosa, Cero- toma trifurcata, Ceuthorrhynchus assimilis, Ceuthorrhynchus napi, Chaetocnema tibialis, Conoderus vespertinus, Crioceris asparagi, Diabrotica Iongicornis, Diabrotica 12- punctata, Diabrotica virgifera, Epilachna varivestis, Epitrix hirtipennis, Eutinobothrus brasiliensis, Hylobius abietis, Hypera brunneipennis, Hypera postica, lps typographus, Lema bilineata, Lema melanopus, Leptinotarsa decemlineata, Limonius californicus, Lissorhoptrus oryzophilus, Melanotus communis, Meligethes aeneus, Melolontha hip- pocastani, Melolontha melolontha, Oulema oryzae, Ortiorrhynchus sulcatus, Otiorrhyn- chus ovatus, Phaedon cochleariae, Phyllotreta chrysocephala, Phyllophaga sp., Phyl- lopertha horticola, Phyllotreta nemorum, Phyllotreta striolata, Popillia japonica, Sitona lineatus and Sitophilus granaria;
dipterans (Diptera), for example Aedes aegypti, Aedes vexans, Anastrepha ludens, Anopheles maculipennis, Ceratitis capitata, Chrysomya bezziana, Chrysomya homi- nivorax, Chrysomya macellaria, Contarinia sorghicola, Cordylobia anthropophaga, Culex pipiens, Dacus cucurbitae, Dacus oleae, Dasineura brassicae, Fannia canicu- laris, Gasterophilus intestinalis, Glossina morsitans, Haematobia irritans, Haplodiplosis equestris, Hylemyia platura, Hypoderma lineata, Liriomyza sativae, Liriomyza trifolii, Lucilia caprina, Lucilia cuprina, Lucilia sericata, Lycoria pectoralis, Mayetiola destruc- tor, Musca domestica, Muscina stabulans, Oestrus ovis, Oscinella frit, Pegomya hyso- cyami, Phorbia antiqua, Phorbia brassicae, Phorbia coarctata, Rhagoletis cerasi, Rhagoletis pomonella, Tabanus bovinus, Tipula oleracea and Tipula paludosa;
thrips (Thysanoptera), e.g. Dichromothrips corbetti, Frankliniella fusca, Frankliniella occidentalis, Frankliniella tritici, Scirtothrips citri, Thrips oryzae, Thrips palmi and Thrips tabaci;
hymenopterans (Hymenoptera), e.g. Athalia rosae, Atta cephalotes, Atta sexdens, Atta texana, Hoplocampa minuta, Hoplocampa testudinea, Monomorium pharaonis, So- lenopsis geminata and Solenopsis invicta;
heteropterans (Heteroptera), e.g. Acrosternum hilare, Blissus leucopterus, Cyrtopeltis notatus, Dysdercus cingulatus, Dysdercus intermedius, Eurygaster integriceps, Euschistus impictiventris, Leptoglossus phyllopus, Lygus lineolaris, Lygus pratensis, Nezara viridula, Piesma quadrata, Solubea insularis and Thyanta perditor;
homopterans (Homoptera), e.g. Acyrthosiphon onobrychis, Adelges laricis, Aphidula nasturtii, Aphis fabae, Aphis forbesi, Aphis pomi, Aphis gossypii, Aphis grossulariae, Aphis schneideri, Aphis spiraecola, Aphis sambuci, Acyrthosiphon pisum, Aulacorthum solani, Bemisia argentifolii, Brachycaudus cardui, Brachycaudus helichrysi, Brachy- caudus persicae, Brachycaudus prunicola, Brevicoryne brassicae, Capitophorus horni, Cerosipha gossypii, Chaetosiphon fragaefolii, Cryptomyzus ribis, Dreyfusia nordman- nianae, Dreyfusia piceae, Dysaphis radicola, Dysaulacorthum pseudosolani, Dysaphis plantaginea, Dysaphis pyri, Empoasca fabae, Hyalopterus pruni, Hyperomyzus lactu- cae, Macrosiphum avenae, Macrosiphum euphorbiae, Macrosiphon rosae, Megoura viciae, Melanaphis pyrarius, Metopolophium dirhodum, Myzodes persicae, Myzus as- calonicus, Myzus cerasi, Myzus persicae, Myzus varians, Nasonovia ribis-nigri, NiIa- parvata lugens, Pemphigus bursarius, Perkinsiella saccharicida, Phorodon humuli, Psylla mali, Psylla piri, Rhopalomyzus ascalonicus, Rhopalosiphum maidis, Rhopalosi- phum padi, Rhopalosiphum insertum, Sappaphis mala, Sappaphis mali, Schizaphis graminum, Schizoneura lanuginosa, Sitobion avenae, Sogatella furcifera Trialeurodes vaporariorum, Toxoptera aurantiiand, and Viteus vitifolii;
termites (Isoptera), e.g. Calotermes flavicollis, Leucotermes flavipes, Reticulitermes flavipes, Reticulitermes lucifugus und Termes natalensis;
orthopterans (Orthoptera), e.g. Acheta domestica, Blatta orientalis, Blattella germanica, Forficula auricularia, Gryllotalpa gryllotalpa, Locusta migratoria, Melanoplus bivittatus, Melanoplus femur-rubrum, Melanoplus mexicanus, Melanoplus sanguinipes, Melanoplus spretus, Nomadacris septemfasciata, Periplaneta americana, Schistocerca ameri- cana, Schistocerca peregrina, Stauronotus maroccanus and Tachycines asynamorus;
Arachnoidea, such as arachnids (Acarina), e.g. of the families Argasidae, Ixodidae and Sarcoptidae, such as Amblyomma americanum, Amblyomma variegatum, Argas persi- cus, Boophilus annulatus, Boophilus decoloratus, Boophilus microplus, Dermacentor silvarum, Hyalomma truncatum, Ixodes ricinus, Ixodes rubicundus, Ornithodorus mou- bata, Otobius megnini, Dermanyssus gallinae, Psoroptes ovis, Rhipicephalus appendi- culatus, Rhipicephalus evertsi, Sarcoptes scabiei, and Eriophyidae spp. such as Aculus schlechtendali, Phyllocoptrata oleivora and Eriophyes sheldoni; Tarsonemidae spp. such as Phytonemus pallidus and Polyphagotarsonemus latus; Tenuipalpidae spp. such as Brevipalpus phoenicis; Tetranychidae spp. such as Tetranychus cinnabarinus, Tetranychus kanzawai, Tetranychus pacificus, Tetranychus telarius and Tetranychus urticae, Panonychus ulmi, Panonychus citri, and oligonychus pratensis; Siphonatera, e.g. Xenopsylla cheopsis, Ceratophyllus spp ;
The compositions and compounds of formula I as well as the compositions and com- pounds of formula Il are useful for the control of nematodes, especially plant parasitic nematodes such as root knot nematodes, Meloidogyne hapla.Meloidogyne incognita, Meloidogyne javanica, and other Meloidogyne species;
cyst-forming nematodes, Globodera rostochiensis and other Globodera species; Het- erodera avenae, Heterodera glycines, Heterodera schachtii, Heterodera trifolii, and other Heterodera species; Seed gall nematodes, Anguina species; Stem and foliar nematodes, Aphelenchoides species; Sting nematodes, Belonolaimus longicaudatus and other Belonolaimus species; Pine nematodes, Bursaphelenchus xylophilus and other Bursaphelenchus species; Ring nematodes, Criconema species, Criconemella species, Criconemoides species, Mesocriconema species; Stem and bulb nematodes, Ditylenchus destructor, Ditylenchus dipsaci and other Ditylenchus species; AwI nematodes, Dolichodorus species; Spiral nematodes, Heliocotylenchus multicinctus and other Helicotylenchus species; Sheath and sheathoid nematodes, Hemicycliophora species and Hemicriconemoides species; Hirshmanniella species; Lance nematodes, Hoploaimus species; false rootknot nematodes, Nacobbus species; Needle nematodes, Longidorus elongatus and other Longidorus species; Pin nematodes, Paratylen- chus species; Lesion nematodes, Pratylenchus neglectus, Pratylenchus penetrans, Pratylenchus curvitatus, Pratylenchus goodeyi and other Pratylenchus species; Burrowing nematodes, Radopholus similis and other Radopholus species; Reniform nema- todes, Rotylenchus robustus and other Rotylenchus species; Scutellonema species; Stubby root nematodes, Trichodorus primitivus and other Trichodorus species, Paratrichodorus species; Stunt nematodes, Tylenchorhynchus claytoni, Tylenchorhyn- chus dubius and other Tylenchorhynchus species; Citrus nematodes, Tylenchulus species; Dagger nematodes, Xiphinema species; and other plant parasitic nematode spe- cies.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il are used for controlling insects or arachnids, in particular insects of the orders Lepidoptera, Coleoptera and Homoptera and arachnids of the order Acarina. The compounds of the formula I according to the present invention are particularly useful for controlling insects of the order Thysanoptera and Homoptera.
The compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il or the pesticidal compositions comprising them may be used to protect growing plants and crops from attack or infestation by animal pests, especially insects, acaridae or arachnids by contacting the plant/crop with a pesticidally effective amount of compounds of formula I and formula II, respectively. The term "crop" refers both to growing and harvested crops.
The compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula II, can be converted into the customary formulations, for example solutions, emulsions, suspensions, dusts, powders, pastes and granules. The use form depends on the particular intended purpose; in each case, it should ensure a fine and even distribution of the compound ac- cording to the invention.
The formulations are prepared in a known manner (see e.g. for review US 3,060,084, EP-A 707 445 (for liquid concentrates), Browning, "Agglomeration", Chemical Engineering, Dec. 4, 1967, 147-48, Perry's Chemical Engineer's Handbook, 4th Ed., McGraw-Hill, New York, 1963, pages 8-57 and et seq. WO 91/13546, US 4,172,714, US 4,144,050, US 3,920,442, US 5,180,587, US 5,232,701 , US 5,208,030, GB 2,095,558, US 3,299,566, Klingman, Weed Control as a Science, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1961 , Hance et al., Weed Control Handbook, 8th Ed., Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1989 and Mollet, H., Grubemann, A., Formulation tech- nology, Wiley VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim (Germany), 2001 , 2. D. A. Knowles,
Chemistry and Technology of Agrochemical Formulations, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1998 (ISBN 0-7514-0443-8), for example by extending the active compound with auxiliaries suitable for the formulation of agrochemicals, such as solvents and/or carriers, if desired emulsifiers, surfactants and dispersants, preservatives, anti- foaming agents, anti-freezing agents, for seed treatment formulation also optionally colorants and/or binders and/or gelling agents.
Examples of suitable solvents are water, aromatic solvents (for example Solvesso products, xylene), paraffins (for example mineral oil fractions), alcohols (for example methanol, butanol, pentanol, benzyl alcohol), ketones (for example cyclohexanone, gamma-butyrolactone), pyrrolidones (N-methyl-pyrrolidones [NMP], N-octyl-pyrrolidone [NOP]), acetates (glycol diacetate), glycols, fatty acid dimethylamides, fatty acids and fatty acid esters. In principle, solvent mixtures may also be used.
Suitable emulsifiers are nonionic and anionic emulsifiers (for example polyoxyethylene fatty alcohol ethers, alkylsulfonates and arylsulfonates).
Examples of dispersants are lignin-sulfite waste liquors and methylcellulose. Suitable surfactants used are alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and ammonium salts of lignosulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, phenolsulfonic acid, dibutylnaphthalene- sulfonic acid, alkylarylsulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkylsulfonates, fatty alcohol sulfates, fatty acids and sulfated fatty alcohol glycol ethers, furthermore condensates of sul- fonated naphthalene and naphthalene derivatives with formaldehyde, condensates of naphthalene or of naphthalenesulfonic acid with phenol and formaldehyde, poly- oxyethylene octylphenol ether, ethoxylated isooctylphenol, octylphenol, nonylphenol, alkylphenol polyglycol ethers, tributylphenyl polyglycol ether, tristearylphenyl polyglycol ether, alkylaryl polyether alcohols, alcohol and fatty alcohol ethylene oxide conden- sates, ethoxylated castor oil, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, ethoxylated polyoxypropyl- ene, lauryl alcohol polyglycol ether acetal, sorbitol esters, lignosulfite waste liquors and methylcellulose.
Substances which are suitable for the preparation of directly sprayable solutions, emul- sions, pastes or oil dispersions are mineral oil fractions of medium to high boiling point, such as kerosene or diesel oil, furthermore coal tar oils and oils of vegetable or animal origin, aliphatic, cyclic and aromatic hydrocarbons, for example toluene, xylene, paraffin, tetrahydronaphthalene, alkylated naphthalenes or their derivatives, methanol, etha- nol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol, cyclohexanone, isophorone, highly polar solvents, for example dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone or water.
Also anti-freezing agents such as glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and bactericides can be added to the formulation.
Suitable antifoaming agents are for example antifoaming agents based on silicon or magnesium stearate.
A suitable preservative is e.g. dichlorophen.
Seed treatment formulations may additionally comprise binders and optionally colorants.
Binders can be added to improve the adhesion of the active materials on the seeds after treatment. Suitable binders are block copolymers EO/PO surfactants but also polyvinylalcoholsl, polyvinylpyrrolidones, polyacrylates, polymethacrylates, polybute- nes, polyisobutylenes, polystyrene, polyethyleneamines, polyethyleneamides, poly- ethyleneimines (Lupasol®, Polymin®), polyethers, polyurethans, polyvinylacetate, ty- lose and copolymers derived from these polymers. Optionally, also colorants can be included in the formulation. Suitable colorants or dyes for seed treatment formulations are Rhodamin B, C.I. Pigment Red 1 12, C.I. Solvent Red 1 , pigment blue 15:4, pigment blue 15:3, pigment blue 15:2, pigment blue 15:1 , pigment blue 80, pigment yellow 1 , pigment yellow 13, pigment red 1 12, pigment red 48:2, pigment red 48:1 , pigment red 57:1 , pigment red 53:1 , pigment orange 43, pigment orange 34, pigment orange 5, pigment green 36, pigment green 7, pigment white 6, pigment brown 25, basic violet 10, basic violet 49, acid red 51 , acid red 52, acid red 14, acid blue 9, acid yellow 23, basic red 10, basic red 108.
Examples of a gelling agent is carrageen (Satiagel®).
Powders, materials for spreading and dustable products can be prepared by mixing or concomitantly grinding the active substances with a solid carrier.
Granules, for example coated granules, impregnated granules and homogeneous granules, can be prepared by binding the active compounds to solid carriers.
Examples of solid carriers are mineral earths such as silica gels, silicates, talc, kaolin, attaclay, limestone, lime, chalk, bole, loess, clay, dolomite, diatomaceous earth, cal- cium sulfate, magnesium sulfate, magnesium oxide, ground synthetic materials, fertilizers, such as, for example, ammonium sulfate, ammonium phosphate, ammonium nitrate, ureas, and products of vegetable origin, such as cereal meal, tree bark meal, wood meal and nutshell meal, cellulose powders and other solid carriers.
In general, the formulations comprise from 0.01 to 95% by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 90% by weight, of the active compound(s). In this case, the active compound(s) are employed in a purity of from 90% to 100% by weight, preferably 95% to 100% by weight (according to NMR spectrum).
For seed treatment purposes, respective formulations can be diluted 2-10 fold leading to concentrations in the ready to use preparations of 0.01 to 60% by weight active compound by weight, preferably 0.1 to 40% by weight.
The compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il can be used as such, in the form of their formulations or the use forms prepared therefrom, for example in the form of directly sprayable solutions, powders, sus-pensions or dispersions, emulsions, oil dispersions, pastes, dustable products, materi-als for spreading, or granules, by means of spraying, atomizing, dusting, spreading or pouring. The use forms depend entirely on the intended purposes; they are intended to ensure in each case the finest possible distribution of the active compound(s) according to the invention.
Aqueous use forms can be prepared from emulsion concentrates, pastes or wettable powders (sprayable powders, oil dispersions) by adding water. To prepare emulsions, pastes or oil dispersions, the substances, as such or dissolved in an oil or solvent, can be homogenized in water by means of a wetter, tackifier, dispersant or emulsifier. However, it is also possible to prepare concentrates composed of active substance, wetter, tackifier, dispersant or emulsifier and, if appropriate, solvent or oil, and such concentrates are suitable for dilution with water.
The active compound concentrations in the ready-to-use preparations can be varied within relatively wide ranges. In general, they are from 0.0001 to 10%, preferably from 0.01 to 1 % by weight.
The active compound(s) may also be used successfully in the ultra-low-volume process (ULV), it being possible to apply formulations comprising over 95% by weight of active compound, or even to apply the active compound without additives.
The following are examples of formulations:
1. Products for dilution with water for foliar applications. For seed treatment purposes, such products may be applied to the seed diluted or undiluted.
A) Water-soluble concentrates (SL, LS)
10 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are dissolved in 90 parts by weight of water or a water-soluble solvent. As an alternative, wetters or other auxiliaries are added. The active compound(s) dissolves upon dilution with water, whereby a formula- tion with 10 % (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
B) Dispersible concentrates (DC)
20 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are dissolved in 70 parts by weight of cyclohexanone with addition of 10 parts by weight of a dispersant, for example polyvinylpyrrolidone. Dilution with water gives a dispersion, whereby a formulation with 20% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
C) Emulsifiable concentrates (EC) 15 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are dissolved in 7 parts by weight of xylene with addition of calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate and castor oil ethoxylate (in each case 5 parts by weight). Dilution with water gives an emulsion, whereby a formu- lation with 15% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
D) Emulsions (EW, EO, ES)
25 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are dissolved in 35 parts by weight of xylene with addition of calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate and castor oil ethoxylate (in each case 5 parts by weight). This mixture is introduced into 30 parts by weight of water by means of an emulsifier machine (e.g. Ultraturrax) and made into a homogeneous emulsion. Dilution with water gives an emulsion, whereby a formulation with 25% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
E) Suspensions (SC, OD, FS)
In an agitated ball mill, 20 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are comminuted with addition of 10 parts by weight of dispersants, wetters and 70 parts by weight of water or of an organic solvent to give a fine active compound(s) suspension. Dilution with water gives a stable suspension of the active compound(s), whereby a formulation with 20% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
F) Water-dispersible granules and water-soluble granules (WG, SG)
50 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are ground finely with addition of 50 parts by weight of dispersants and wetters and made as water-dispersible or water-soluble granules by means of technical appliances (for example extrusion, spray tower, fluid- ized bed). Dilution with water gives a stable dispersion or solution of the active com- pound(s), whereby a formulation with 50% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
G) Water-dispersible powders and water-soluble powders (WP, SP, SS, WS)
75 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are ground in a rotor-stator mill with addi- tion of 25 parts by weight of dispersants, wetters and silica gel. Dilution with water gives a stable dispersion or solution of the active compound(s) , whereby a formulation with 75% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
H) Gel-Formulation (GF) In an agitated ball mill, 20 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are comminuted with addition of 10 parts by weight of dispersants, 1 part by weight of a gelling agent wetters and 70 parts by weight of water or of an organic solvent to give a fine active compound(s) suspension. Dilution with water gives a stable suspension of the active compound(s), whereby a formulation with 20% (w/w) of active compound(s) is obtained.
2. Products to be applied undiluted for foliar applications. For seed treatment pur- poses, such products may be applied to the seed diluted or undiluted.
I) Dustable powders (DP, DS)
5 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are ground finely and mixed intimately with 95 parts by weight of finely divided kaolin. This gives a dustable product having 5% (w/w) of active compound(s)
J) Granules (GR, FG, GG, MG)
0.5 parts by weight of the active compound(s) is ground finely and associated with 95.5 parts by weightof carriers, whereby a formulation with 0.5% (w/w) of active compound^) is obtained. Current methods are extrusion, spray-drying or the fluidized bed. This gives granules to be applied undiluted for foliar use.
K) ULV solutions (UL)
10 parts by weight of the active compound(s) are dissolved in 90 parts by weight of an organic solvent, for example xylene. This gives a product having 10% (w/w) of active compound(s), which is applied undiluted for foliar use.
The compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il are also suitable for the treatment of seeds. Conventional seed treatment formulations include for example flowable concentrates FS, solutions LS, powders for dry treatment DS, water dis- persible powders for slurry treatment WS, water-soluble powders SS and emulsion ES and EC and gel formulation GF. These formulations can be applied to the seed diluted or undiluted. Application to the seeds is carried out before sowing, either directly on the seeds or after having pregerminated the latter In a preferred embodiment a FS formulation is used for seed treatment. Typcially, a FS formulation may comprise 1-800 g/l of active ingredient, 1-200 g/l Surfactant, 0 to 200 g/l antifreezing agent, 0 to 400 g/l of binder, 0 to 200 g/l of a pigment and up to 1 liter of a solvent, preferably water.
Other preferred FS formulations of compounds of formula I for seed treatment comprise from 0.5 to 80 wt% of the active ingredient, from 0,05 to 5 wt% of a wetter, from 0.5 to 15 wt% of a dispersing agent, from 0,1 to 5 wt% of a thickener, from 5 to 20 wt% of an anti-freeze agent, from 0,1 to 2 wt% of an anti-foam agent, from 1 to 20 wt% of a pigment and/or a dye, from 0 to 15 wt% of a sticker /adhesion agent, from 0 to 75 wt% of a filler/vehicle, and from 0,01 to 1 wt% of a preservative.
Various types of oils, wetters, adjuvants, herbicides, fungicides, other pesticides, or bactericides may be added to the active ingredients, if appropriate just immediately prior to use (tank mix). These agents usually are admixed with the agents according to the invention in a weight ratio of 1 :10 to 10:1.
The compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il are effective through both contact (via soil, glass, wall, bed net, carpet, plant parts or animal parts), and ingestion (bait, or plant part).
For use against ants, termites, wasps, flies, mosquitos, crickets, or cockroaches, compounds of formula I are preferably used in a bait composition.
The bait can be a liquid, a solid or a semisolid preparation (e.g. a gel). Solid baits can be formed into various shapes and forms suitable to the respective application e.g. granules, blocks, sticks, disks. Liquid baits can be filled into various devices to ensure proper application, e.g. open containers, spray devices, droplet sources, or evaporation sources. Gels can be based on aqueous or oily matrices and can be formulated to par- ticular necessities in terms of stickyness, moisture retention or aging characteristics.
The bait employed in the composition is a product, which is sufficiently attractive to incite insects such as ants, termites, wasps, flies, mosquitos, crickets etc. or cockroaches to eat it. The attractiveness can be manipulated by using feeding stimulants or sex pheromones. Food stimulants are chosen, for example, but not exclusively, from animal and/or plant proteins (meat-, fish- or blood meal, insect parts, egg yolk), from fats and oils of animal and/or plant origin, or mono-, oligo- or polyorganosaccharides, especially from sucrose, lactose, fructose, dextrose, glucose, starch, pectin or even molasses or honey. Fresh or decaying parts of fruits, crops, plants, animals, insects or specific parts thereof can also serve as a feeding stimulant. Sex pheromones are known to be more insect specific. Specific pheromones are described in the literature and are known to those skilled in the art.
Formulations of compounds of formula I as well as formulations of compounds of formula Il as aerosols (e.g in spray cans), oil sprays or pump sprays are highly suitable for the non-professional user for controlling pests such as flies, fleas, ticks, mosquitos or cockroaches. Aerosol recipes are preferably composed of the active compound, solvents such as lower alcohols (e.g. methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol), ketones (e.g. acetone, methyl ethyl ketone), paraffin hydrocarbons (e.g. kerosenes) having boiling ranges of approximately 50 to 250°C, dimethylfomaamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethyl sulphoxide, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, water, furthermore auxiliaries such as emulsifiers such as sorbitol monooleate, oleyl ethoxylate having 3-7 mol of ethylene oxide, fatty alcohol ethoxylate, perfume oils such as ethereal oils, es- ters of medium fatty acids with lower alcohols, aromatic carbonyl compounds, if appropriate stabilizers such as sodium benzoate, amphoteric surfactants, lower epoxides, triethyl orthoformate and, if required, propellants such as propane, butane, nitrogen, compressed air, dimethyl ether, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, or mixtures of these gases.
The oil spray formulations differ from the aerosol recipes in that no propellants are used.
The compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il and their respec- tive compositions can also be used in mosquito and fumigating coils, smoke cartridges, vaporizer plates or long-term vaporizers and also in moth papers, moth pads or other heat-independent vaporizer systems.
Methods to control infectious diseases transmitted by insects (e.g. malaria, dengue and yellow fever, lymphatic filariasis, and leishmaniasis) with compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il and its respective compositions also comprise treating surfaces of huts and houses, air spraying and impregnation of curtains, tents, clothing items, bed nets, tsetse-fly trap or the like, lnsecticidal compositions for application to fibers, fabric, knitgoods, nonwovens, netting material or foils and tarpaulins preferably comprise a mixture including the insecticide, optionally a repellent and at least one binder. Suitable repellents for example are N,N-diethyl-meta-toluamide (DEET), N,N-diethylphenylacetamide (DEPA), 1-(3-cyclohexan-1-yl-carbonyl)-2-methylpiperine, (2-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl) acetic acid lactone, 2-ethyl-1 ,3-hexandiol, indalone, Me- thylneodecanamide (MNDA), a pyrethroid not used for insect control such as {(+/-)-3-allyl-2-methyl-4-oxocyclopent-2-(+)-enyl-(+)-trans-chrysantemate (Esbiothrin), a repellent derived from or identical with plant extracts like limonene, eugenol, (+)-Eucamalol (1 ), (-)-i-epi-eucamalol or crude plant extracts from plants like Eucalyptus maculata, Vitex rotundifolia, Cymbopogan martinii, Cymbopogan citratus (lemon grass), Cymopogan nartdus (citronella). Suitable binders are selected for example from polymers and copolymers of vinyl esters of aliphatic acids (such as such as vinyl acetate and vinyl versatate), acrylic and methacrylic esters of alcohols, such as butyl acry- late, 2-ethylhexylacrylate, and methyl acrylate, mono- and di-ethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbons, such as styrene, and aliphatic diens, such as butadiene.
The impregnation of curtains and bednets is done in general by dipping the textile material into emulsions or dispersions of the insecticide or spraying them onto the nets.
The compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof are in particular also suitable for being used for combating parasites in and on animals.
An object of the present invention is therfore also to provide new methods to control parasites in and on animals. Another object of the invention is to provide safer pesti- cides for animals. Another object of the invention is further to provide pesticides for animals that may be used in lower doses than existing pesticides. And another object of the invention is to provide pesticides for animals, which provide a long residual control of the parasites.
The invention also relates to compositions containing a parasiticidally effective amount of compounds of formula I and formula II, a respectively, or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof and an acceptable carrier, for combating parasites in and on animals.
The present invention also provides a method for treating, controlling, preventing and protecting animals against infestation and infection by parasites, which comprises orally, topically or parenterally administering or applying to the animals a parasiticidally effective amount of a compound of formula I and formula II, respectively, or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof or a composition comprising it.
The invention also provides a process for the preparation of a composition for treating, controlling, preventing or protecting animals against infestation or infection by parasites which comprises a parasiticidally effective amount of a compound of formula I and for- mula II, respectively, or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof or a composition comprising it.
Activity of compounds against agricultural pests does not suggest their suitability for control of endo- and ectoparasites in and on animals which requires, for example, low, non-emetic dosages in the case of oral application, metabolic compatibility with the animal, low toxicity, and a safe handling.
Surprisingly it has now been found that compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il are suitable for combating endo- and ectoparasites in and on animals.
Compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof and compositions comprising them are preferably used for controlling and preventing infestations and infections animals including warm- blooded animals (including humans) and fish. They are for example suitable for controlling and preventing infestations and infections in mammals such as cattle, sheep, swine, camels, deer, horses, pigs, poultry, rabbits, goats, dogs and cats, water buffalo, donkeys, fallow deer and reindeer, and also in fur-bearing animals such as mink, chinchilla and raccoon, birds such as hens, geese, turkeys and ducks and fish such as fresh- and salt-water fish such as trout, carp and eels.
Compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof and compositions comprising them are preferably used for controlling and preventing infestations and infections in domestic animals, such as dogs or cats.
Infestations in warm-blooded animals and fish include, but are not limited to, lice, biting lice, ticks, nasal bots, keds, biting flies, muscoid flies, flies, myiasitic fly larvae, chig- gers, gnats, mosquitoes and fleas.
The compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il or the enantiomers or veterinarily acceptable salts thereof and compositions comprising them are suitable for systemic and/or non-systemic control of ecto- and/or endoparasites. They are active against all or some stages of development.
The compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il are especially useful for combating ectoparasites. The compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il are especially useful for combating parasites of the following orders and species, respectively:
fleas (Siphonaptera), e.g. Ctenocephalides felis, Ctenocephalides canis, Xenopsylla cheopis, Pulex irritans, Tunga penetrans, and Nosopsyllus fasciatus,
cockroaches (Blattaria - Blattodea), e.g. Blattella germanica, Blattella asahinae, Pe- riplaneta americana, Periplaneta japonica, Periplaneta brunnea, Periplaneta fuliggi- nosa, Periplaneta australasiae, and Blatta orientalis,
flies, mosquitoes (Diptera), e.g. Aedes aegypti, Aedes albopictus, Aedes vexans, An- astrepha ludens, Anopheles maculipennis, Anopheles crucians, Anopheles albimanus, Anopheles gambiae, Anopheles freeborni, Anopheles leucosphyrus, Anopheles minimus, Anopheles quadrimaculatus, Calliphora vicina, Chrysomya bezziana, Chrysomya hominivorax, Chrysomya macellaria, Chrysops discalis, Chrysops silacea, Chrysops atlanticus, Cochliomyia hominivorax, Cordylobia anthropophaga, Culicoides furens, Culex pipiens, Culex nigripalpus, Culex quinquefasciatus, Culex tarsalis, Culiseta inor- nata, Culiseta melanura, Dermatobia hominis, Fannia canicularis, Gasterophilus intes- tinalis, Glossina morsitans, Glossina palpalis, Glossina fuscipes, Glossina tachinoides, Haematobia irritans, Haplodiplosis equestris, Hippelates spp., Hypoderma lineata, Lep- toconops torrens, Lucilia caprina, Lucilia cuprina, Lucilia sericata, Lycoria pectoralis, Mansonia spp., Musca domestica, Muscina stabulans, Oestrus ovis, Phlebotomus ar- gentipes, Psorophora columbiae, Psorophora discolor, Prosimulium mixtum, Sar- cophaga haemorrhoidalis, Sarcophaga sp., Simulium vittatum, Stomoxys calcitrans, Tabanus bovinus, Tabanus atratus, Tabanus lineola, and Tabanus similis,
lice (Phthiraptera), e.g. Pediculus humanus capitis, Pediculus humanus corporis, Pthi- rus pubis, Haematopinus eurysternus, Haematopinus suis, Linognathus vituli, Bovicola bovis, Menopon gallinae, Menacanthus stramineus and Solenopotes capillatus.
ticks and parasitic mites (Parasitiformes): ticks (Ixodida), e.g. Ixodes scapularis, Ixodes holocyclus, Ixodes pacificus, Rhiphicephalus sanguineus, Dermacentor andersoni, Dermacentor variabilis, Amblyomma americanum, Ambryomma maculatum, Orni- thodorus hermsi, Ornithodorus turicata and parasitic mites (Mesostigmata), e.g. Orni- thonyssus bacoti and Dermanyssus gallinae,
Actinedida (Prostigmata) und Acaridida (Astigmata) e.g. Acarapis spp., Cheyletiella spp., Ornithocheyletia spp., Myobia spp., Psorergates spp., Demodex spp., Trombicula spp., Listrophorus spp., Acarus spp., Tyrophagus spp., Caloglyphus spp., Hypodectes spp., Pterolichus spp., Psoroptes spp., Chorioptes spp., Otodectes spp., Sarcoptes spp., Notoedres spp.,Knemidocoptes spp., Cytodites spp., and Laminosioptes spp,
Bugs (Heteropterida): Cimex lectularius, Cimex hemipterus, Reduvius senilis, Triatoma spp., Rhodnius ssp., Panstrongylus ssp. and Arilus critatus,
Anoplurida, e.g. Haematopinus spp., Linognathus spp., Pediculus spp., Phtirus spp., and Solenopotes spp,
Mallophagida (suborders Arnblycerina and Ischnocerina), e.g. Trimenopon spp., Menopon spp., Trinoton spp., Bovicola spp., Werneckiella spp., Lepikentron spp., Trichodectes spp., and Felicola spp,
Roundworms Nematoda:
Wipeworms and Trichinosis (Trichosyringida), e.g. Trichinellidae (Trichinella spp.), (Trichuridae) Trichuris spp., Capillaria spp,
Rhabditida, e.g. Rhabditis spp, Strongyloides spp., Helicephalobus spp,
Strongylida, e.g. Strongylus spp., Ancylostoma spp., Necator americanus, Bunosto- mum spp. (Hookworm), Trichostrongylus spp., Haemonchus contortus., Ostertagia spp. , Cooperia spp., Nematodirus spp., Dictyocaulus spp., Cyathostoma spp., Oe- sophagostomum spp., Stephanurus dentatus, Ollulanus spp., Chabertia spp., Stepha- nurus dentatus , Syngamus trachea, Ancylostoma spp., Uncinaria spp., Globocephalus spp., Necator spp., Metastrongylus spp., Muellerius capillaris, Protostrongylus spp., Angiostrongylus spp., Parelaphostrongylus spp. Aleurostrongylus abstrusus, and Dioc- tophyma renale,
Intestinal roundworms (Ascaridida), e.g. Ascaris lumbricoides, Ascaris suum, Ascaridia galli, Parascaris equorum, Enterobius vermicularis (Threadworm), Toxocara canis, Toxascaris leonine, Skrjabinema spp., and Oxyuris equi,
Camallanida, e.g. Dracunculus medinensis (guinea worm)
Spirurida, e.g. Thelazia spp. Wuchereria spp., Brugia spp., Onchocerca spp., Dirofilari spp. a, Dipetalonema spp., Setaria spp., Elaeophora spp., Spirocerca lupi, and Hab- ronema spp., Thorny headed worms (Acanthocephala), e.g. Acanthocephalus spp., Macracantho- rhynchus hirudinaceus and Oncicola spp,
Planarians (Plathelminthes):
Flukes (Trematoda), e.g. Faciola spp., Fascioloides magna, Paragonimus spp., Dicro- coelium spp., Fasciolopsis buski, Clonorchis sinensis, Schistosoma spp., Trichobilhar- zia spp., Alaria alata, Paragonimus spp., and Nanocyetes spp,
Cercomeromorpha, in particular Cestoda (Tapeworms), e.g. Diphyllobothrium spp., Tenia spp., Echinococcus spp., Dipylidium caninum, Multiceps spp., Hymenolepis spp., Mesocestoides spp., Vampirolepis spp., Moniezia spp., Anoplocephala spp., Sirometra spp., Anoplocephala spp., and Hymenolepis spp.
The compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il and compositions containing them are particularly useful for the control of pests from the orders Diptera, Si- phonaptera and Ixodida.
Moreover, the use of the compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il and compositions containing them for combating mosquitoes is especially preferred.
The use of the compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il and compositions containing them for combating flies is a further preferred embodiment of the present invention.
Furthermore, the use of the compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il and compositions containing them for combating fleas is especially preferred.
The use of the compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il and compositions containing them for combating ticks is a further preferred embodiment of the present invention.
The compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il also are especially useful for combating endoparasites (roundworms nematoda, thorny headed worms and planarians).
Administration can be carried out both prophylactically and therapeutically. Administration of the active compounds is carried out directly or in the form of suitable preparations, orally, topically/dermally or parenterally.
For oral administration to warm-blooded animals, the formula I compounds as well as the formula Il compounds may be formulated as animal feeds, animal feed premixes, animal feed concentrates, pills, solutions, pastes, suspensions, drenches, gels, tablets, boluses and capsules. In addition, the formula I compounds may be administered to the animals in their drinking water. For oral administration, the dosage form chosen should provide the animal with 0.01 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of animal body weight per day of the formula I compound, preferably with 0.5 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of animal body weight per day.
Alternatively, the formula I compounds as well as formula Il compounds may be administered to animals parenterally, for example, by intraruminal, intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous injection. The formula I compounds as well as formula Il compounds may be dispersed or dissolved in a physiologically acceptable carrier for subcutaneous injection. Alternatively, the formula I compounds as well as formula Il compounds may be formulated into an implant for subcutaneous administration. In addition the formula I compound as well as formula Il compounds may be transdermal^ administered to ani- mals. For parenteral administration, the dosage form chosen should provide the animal with 0.01 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of animal body weight per day of the formula I compound.
The formula I compounds as well as formula Il compounds may also be applied topi- cally to the animals in the form of dips, dusts, powders, collars, medallions, sprays, shampoos, spot-on and pour-on formulations and in ointments or oil-in-water or water- in-oil emulsions. For topical application, dips and sprays usually contain 0.5 ppm to 5,000 ppm and preferably 1 ppm to 3,000 ppm of the formula I compound. In addition, the formula I compounds as well as formula Il compounds may be formulated as ear tags for animals, particularly quadrupeds such as cattle and sheep.
Suitable preparations are:
- Solutions such as oral solutions, concentrates for oral administration after dilution, solutions for use on the skin or in body cavities, pouring-on formulations, gels;
- Emulsions and suspensions for oral or dermal administration; semi-solid preparations; - Formulations in which the active compound is processed in an ointment base or in an oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsion base;
- Solid preparations such as powders, premixes or concentrates, granules, pellets, tab- lets, boluses, capsules; aerosols and inhalants, and active compound-containing shaped articles.
Compositions suitable for injection are prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable solvent and optionally adding further ingredients such as acids, bases, buffer salts, preservatives, and solubilizers. The solutions are filtered and filled sterile.
Suitable solvents are physiologically tolerable solvents such as water, alkanols such as ethanol, butanol, benzyl alcohol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycols, N-methyl-pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, and mixtures thereof.
The active compounds can optionally be dissolved in physiologically tolerable vegetable or synthetic oils which are suitable for injection.
Suitable solubilizers are solvents which promote the dissolution of the active compound in the main solvent or prevent its precipitation. Examples are polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyoxyethylated castor oil, and polyoxyethylated sorbitan ester.
Suitable preservatives are benzyl alcohol, trichlorobutanol, p-hydroxybenzoic acid esters, and n-butanol.
Oral solutions are administered directly. Concentrates are administered orally after prior dilution to the use concentration. Oral solutions and concentrates are prepared according to the state of the art and as described above for injection solutions, sterile procedures not being necessary.
Solutions for use on the skin are trickled on, spread on, rubbed in, sprinkled on or sprayed on.
Solutions for use on the skin are prepared according to the state of the art and accord- ing to what is described above for injection solutions, sterile procedures not being necessary.
Further suitable solvents are polypropylene glycol, phenyl ethanol, phenoxy ethanol, ester such as ethyl or butyl acetate, benzyl benzoate, ethers such as alkyleneglycol alkylether, e.g. dipropylenglycol monomethylether, ketons such as acetone, me- thylethylketone, aromatic hydrocarbons, vegetable and synthetic oils, dimethylforma- mide, dimethylacetamide, transcutol, solketal, propylencarbonate, and mixtures thereof.
It may be advantageous to add thickeners during preparation. Suitable thickeners are inorganic thickeners such as bentonites, colloidal silicic acid, aluminium monostearate, organic thickeners such as cellulose derivatives, polyvinyl alcohols and their copolymers, acrylates and methacrylates.
Gels are applied to or spread on the skin or introduced into body cavities. Gels are prepared by treating solutions which have been prepared as described in the case of the injection solutions with sufficient thickener that a clear material having an ointment- like consistency results. The thickeners employed are the thickeners given above.
Pour-on formulations are poured or sprayed onto limited areas of the skin, the active compound penetrating the skin and acting systemically.
Pour-on formulations are prepared by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying the active compound in suitable skin-compatible solvents or solvent mixtures. If appropriate, other auxiliaries such as colorants, bioabsorption-promoting substances, antioxidants, light stabilizers, adhesives are added.
Suitable solvents which are: water, alkanols, glycols, polyethylene glycols, polypropyl- ene glycols, glycerol, aromatic alcohols such as benzyl alcohol, phenylethanol, phenoxyethanol, esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, benzyl benzoate, ethers such as alkylene glycol alkyl ethers such as dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, di- ethylene glycol mono-butyl ether, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclic carbonates such as propylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, aromatic and/or aliphatic hydrocarbons, vegetable or synthetic oils, DMF, dimethylacetamide, n-alkylpyrrolidones such as methylpyrrolidone, n-butylpyrrolidone or n-octylpyrrolidone, N-methyl- pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxy-methylene-1 ,3-diox- olane and glycerol formal.
Suitable colorants are all colorants permitted for use on animals and which can be dissolved or suspended.
Suitable absorption-promoting substances are, for example, DMSO, spreading oils such as isopropyl myristate, dipropylene glycol pelargonate, silicone oils and copolymers thereof with polyethers, fatty acid esters, triglycerides, fatty alcohols.
Suitable antioxidants are sulfites or metabisulfites such as potassium metabisulfite, ascorbic acid, butylhydroxytoluene, butylhydroxyanisole, tocopherol.
Suitable light stabilizers are, for example, novantisolic acid.
Suitable adhesives are, for example, cellulose derivatives, starch derivatives, polyacry- lates, natural polymers such as alginates, gelatin.
Emulsions can be administered orally, dermally or as injections.
Emulsions are either of the water-in-oil type or of the oil-in-water type.
They are prepared by dissolving the active compound either in the hydrophobic or in the hydrophilic phase and homogenizing this with the solvent of the other phase with the aid of suitable emulsifiers and, if appropriate, other auxiliaries such as colorants, absorption-promoting substances, preservatives, antioxidants, light stabilizers, viscos- ity-enhancing substances.
Suitable hydrophobic phases (oils) are: liquid paraffins, silicone oils, natural vegetable oils such as sesame oil, almond oil, castor oil, synthetic triglycerides such as caprylic/capric biglyceride, triglyceride mixture with vegetable fatty acids of the chain length Cβ-Ci2 or other specially selected natural fatty acids, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated or unsaturated fatty acids possibly also containing hydroxyl groups, mono- and diglycerides of the Cs-C-io fatty acids, fatty acid esters such as ethyl stearate, di-n-butyryl adipate, hexyl laurate, dipropylene glycol perlargonate, esters of a branched fatty acid of medium chain length with satu- rated fatty alcohols of chain length C16-C18, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, caprylic/capric acid esters of saturated fatty alcohols of chain length C12-C18, isopropyl stearate, oleyl oleate, decyl oleate, ethyl oleate, ethyl lactate, waxy fatty acid esters such as synthetic duck coccygeal gland fat, dibutyl phthalate, diisopropyl adipate, and ester mixtures related to the latter, fatty alcohols such as isotridecyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, cetylstearyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, and fatty acids such as oleic acid and mixtures thereof. Suitable hydrophilic phases are: water, alcohols such as propylene glycol, glycerol, sorbitol and mixtures thereof.
Suitable emulsifiers are: non-ionic surfactants, e.g. polyethoxylated castor oil, polyethoxylated sorbitan monoo- leate, sorbitan monostearate, glycerol monostearate, polyoxyethyl stearate, alkylphenol polyglycol ether; ampholytic surfactants such as di-sodium N-lauryl-p-iminodipropionate or lecithin; anionic surfactants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate, fatty alcohol ether sulfates, mono/dialkyl polyglycol ether orthophosphoric acid ester monoethanolamine salt; cation-active surfactants, such as cetyltrimethylammonium chloride.
Suitable further auxiliaries are: substances which enhance the viscosity and stabilize the emulsion, such as carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose and other cellulose and starch derivatives, polyacrylates, alginates, gelatin, gum arabic, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, copolymers of methyl vinyl ether and maleic anhydride, polyethylene glycols, waxes, colloidal silicic acid or mixtures of the substances mentioned.
Suspensions can be administered orally or topically/dermally. They are prepared by suspending the active compound in a suspending agent, if appropriate with addition of other auxiliaries such as wetting agents, colorants, bioabsorption-promoting substances, preservatives, antioxidants, light stabilizers.
Liquid suspending agents are all homogeneous solvents and solvent mixtures.
Suitable wetting agents (dispersants) are the emulsifiers given above.
Other auxiliaries which may be mentioned are those given above.
Semi-solid preparations can be administered orally or topically/dermally. They differ from the suspensions and emulsions described above only by their higher viscosity.
For the production of solid preparations, the active compound is mixed with suitable excipients, if appropriate with addition of auxiliaries, and brought into the desired form.
Suitable excipients are all physiologically tolerable solid inert substances. Those used are inorganic and organic substances. Inorganic substances are, for example, sodium chloride, carbonates such as calcium carbonate, hydrogencarbonates, aluminium ox- ides, titanium oxide, silicic acids, argillaceous earths, precipitated or colloidal silica, or phosphates. Organic substances are, for example, sugar, cellulose, foodstuffs and feeds such as milk powder, animal meal, grain meals and shreds, starches.
Suitable auxiliaries are preservatives, antioxidants, and/or colorants which have been mentioned above.
Other suitable auxiliaries are lubricants and glidants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, talc, bentonites, disintegration-promoting substances such as starch or crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, binders such as starch, gelatin or linear polyvinylpyrrolidone, and dry binders such as microcrystalline cellulose.
In general, "parasiticidally effective amount" means the amount of active ingredient needed to achieve an observable effect on growth, including the effects of necrosis, death, retardation, prevention, and removal, destruction, or otherwise diminishing the occurrence and activity of the target organism. The parasiticidally effective amount can vary for the various compounds/compositions used in the invention. A parasiticidally effective amount of the compositions will also vary according to the prevailing conditions such as desired parasiticidal effect and duration, target species, mode of applica- tion, and the like.
The compositions which can be used in the invention can comprise generally from about 0.001 to 95% of the compound of formula I. The compositions which can be used in the invention can comprise generally from about 0.001 to 95% of the compound of formula II.
Generally it is favorable to apply the compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il in total amounts of 0.5 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg per day, preferably 1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg per day.
Ready-to-use preparations contain the compounds acting against parasites, preferably ectoparasites, in concentrations of 10 ppm to 80 percent by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 65 percent by weight, more preferably from 1 to 50 percent by weight, most preferably from 5 to 40 percent by weight.
Preparations which are diluted before use contain the compounds acting against ectoparasites in concentrations of 0.5 to 90 percent by weight, preferably of 1 to 50 percent by weight. Furthermore, the preparations comprise the compounds of formula I and formula II, respectively, against endoparasites in concentrations of 10 ppm to 2 per cent by weight, preferably of 0.05 to 0.9 percent by weight, very particularly preferably of 0.005 to 0.25 percent by weight.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compositions comprising the compounds of formula I and the compound of formula II, respectively, are applied der- mally / topically.
In a further preferred embodiment, the topical application is conducted in the form of compound-containing shaped articles such as collars, medallions, ear tags, bands for fixing at body parts, and adhesive strips and foils.
Generally it is favorable to apply solid formulations which release compounds of formula I and formula II, respectively, in total amounts of 10 mg/kg to 300 mg/kg, preferably 20 mg/kg to 200 mg/kg, most preferably 25 mg/kg to 160 mg/kg body weight of the treated animal in the course of three weeks.
For the preparation of the shaped articles, thermoplastic and flexible plastics as well as elastomers and thermoplastic elastomers are used. Suitable plastics and elastomers are polyvinyl resins, polyurethane, polyacrylate, epoxy resins, cellulose, cellulose derivatives, polyamides and polyester which are sufficiently compatible with the compounds of formula I and formula II. A detailed list of plastics and elastomers as well as preparation procedures for the shaped articles is given e.g. in WO 03/086075.
Compositions to be used according to this invention may also contain other active ingredients, for example other pesticides, insecticides, herbicides, fungicides, other pesticides, or bactericides, fertilizers such as ammonium nitrate, urea, potash, and super- phosphate, phytotoxicants and plant growth regulators, safeners and nematicides. These additional ingredients may be used sequentially or in combination with the above-described compositions, if appropriate also added only immediately prior to use (tank mix). For example, the plant(s) may be sprayed with a composition of this invention either before or after being treated with other active ingredients.
These agents can be admixed with the agents used according to the invention in a weight ratio of 1 :10 to 10:1. Mixing the compounds I and the compounds II, respectively, or the compositions comprising them in the use form as pesticides with other pesticides frequently results in a broader pesticidal spectrum of action.
The following list of pesticides together with which the compounds of formula I and the compounds of the formula II, respectively, can be used, is intended to illustrate the possible combinations, but not to impose any limitation:
Organo(thio)phosphates: acephate, azamethiphos, azinphos-ethyl, azinphos-methyl, cadusafos, chlorethoxyfos, chlorfenvinphos, chlormephos, chlorpyrifos, chlorpyrifos- methyl, chlorfenvinphos, coumaphos, cyanophos, demeton-S-methyl, diazinon, dichlor- vos/ DDVP, dicrotophos, dimethoate, dimethylvinphos, disulfoton, EPN, ethion, etho- prophos, famphur, fenamiphos, fenitrothion, fenthion, fosthiazate, heptenophos, isoxathion, malathion, mecarbam, methamidophos, methidathion, methyl-parathion, mevinphos, monocrotophos, naled, omethoate, oxydemeton-methyl, paraoxon, para- thion, parathion-methyl, phenthoate, phorate, phosalone, phosmet, phosphamidon, phorate, phoxim, pirimiphos, pirimiphos-methyl, profenofos, propetamphos, prothiofos, pyraclofos, pyridaphenthion, quinalphos, sulfotep, sulprophos, tebupirimfos, temephos, terbufos, tetrachlorvinphos, thiometon, triazophos, trichlorfon, vamidothion;
Carbamates: alanycarb, aldicarb, bendiocarb, benfuracarb, butocarboxim, butoxycar- boxim, carbaryl, carbofuran, carbosulfan, ethiofoncarb, fenobucarb, fenoxycarb, for- methanat, furathiocarb, isoprocarb, methiocarb, methomyl, metolcarb, oxamyl, pirimi- carb, propoxur, thiodicarb, thiofanox, triazemate, trimethacarb, XMC, xylylcarb;
Pyrethroids: acrinathrin, allethrin, d-cis-trans allethrin, d-trans allethrin, bifenthrin, bioal- lethrin, bioallethrin S-cyclopentenyl, bioresmethrin, cycloprothrin, cyfluthrin, beta- cyflu- thrin, cyhalothrin, lambda-cyhalothrin, gamma-cyhalothrin, cyphenothrin, cypermethrin, alpha-cypermethrin, beta-cypermethrin, theta-cypermethrin, zeta-cypermethrin, del- tamethrin, empenthrin, esfenvalerate, etofenprox, fenpropathrin, fenvalerate, flucythri- nate, flumethrin, tau-fluvalinate, halfenprox, imiprothrin, permethrin, phenothrin, pral- lethrin, profluthrin, pyrethrin I and II, resmethrin, RU 15525, silafluofen, tau-fluvalinate, tefluthrin, tetramethrin, tralomethrin, transfluthrin, dimefluthrin, ZXI 8901 ;
Growth regulators: a) chitin synthesis inhibitors: benzoylureas; bistrifluron, chlorflua- zuron, diflubenzuron, flucycloxuron, flufenoxuron, hexaflumuron, lufenuron, novaluron, noviflumuron, teflubenzuron, triflumuron; buprofezin, diofenolan, hexythiazox, etoxa- zole, clofentezine; b) ecdysone antagonists: chlormafenozide, halofenozide, methoxy- fenozide, tebufenozide, azadirachtin; c) juvenoids: pyriproxyfen, hydroprene, kino- prene, methoprene, fenoxycarb; d) lipid biosynthesis inhibitors: spirodiclofen, spirome- sifen, spirotetramat; Nicotinic receptor agonists/antagonists compounds: acetamiprid, clothianidin, dinotefu- ran, imidacloprid, nitenpyram, thiacloprid, thiamethoxam, nicotine, bensultap, cartap hydrochloride, thiocyclam, thiosultap-sodium; the thiazol compound of formula [V)
Figure imgf000115_0001
GABA antagonist compounds: acetoprole, chlordane, endosulfan, ethiprole, gamma- HCH (lindane), fipronil, vaniliprole, pyrafluprole, pyriprole, vaniliprole, the phenylpyra- zole compound of formula r2
Figure imgf000115_0002
Macrocyclic lactone insecticides: abamectin, emamectin, emamectin benzoate, milbe- mectin, lepimectin, spinosad.
METI I compounds: fenazaquin, fenpyroximate, flufenerim, pyridaben, pyrimidifen, rotenone, tebufenpyrad, tolfenpyrad;
METI Il and III compounds: acequinocyl, fluacryprim, hydramethylnon;
Uncoupler compounds: chlorfenapyr, DNOC;
Oxidative phosphorylation inhibitor compounds: azocyclotin, cyhexatin, diafenthiuron, fenbutatin oxide, propargite, tetradifon;
Moulting disruptor compounds: cyromazine;
Mixed Function Oxidase inhibitor compounds: piperonyl butoxide;
Sodium channel blocker compounds: indoxacarb, metaflumizone, Inorganic compounds: aluminium phosphide, borax, cryolite, cyanide, sulfuryl fluoride, phosphine;
Microbial disruptors of insect midgut membranes: bacillus thuringiensis subsp. israel- ensis, bacillus sphaericus, bacillus thuringiensis subsp. aizawai, bacillus thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki, bacillus thuringiensis subsp. tenebrionis;
Various: amitraz, benclothiaz, benzoximat, bifenazate, bromopropylate, cartap, chi- nomethionat, chloropicrin, flonicamid, methyl bromide, pyridalyl, pymetrozine, rynaxy- pursulfur, tartar emetic, thiocyclam, tribufosflubendiamide, cyenopyrafen, flupyrazofos, cyflumetofen, amidoflumet, NNI-0101 ,
N-R'-2,2-dihalo-1 -R"cyclo-propanecarboxamide-2-(2,6-dichloro- α,α,α -tri-fluoro- p-tolyl)hydrazone or N-R'-2,2-di(R"')propionamide-2-(2,6-dichloro- α,α,α -trifluoro- p-tolyl)-hydrazone, wherein R' is methyl or ethyl, halo is chloro or bromo, R" is hydrogen or methyl and R'" is methyl or ethyl, anthranilamide compounds of formula F3
Figure imgf000116_0001
wherein A1 is CH3, Cl, Br, I, X is C-H, C-Cl, C-F or N, Y' is F, Cl, or Br, Y" is F, Cl, CF3, B1 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, I, CN, B2 is Cl, Br, CF3, OCH2CF3, OCF2H, and RB is hydrogen, CH3 or CH(CHs)2, and malononitrile compounds as described in JP 2002 284608, WO 02/89579, WO 02/90320, WO 02/90321 , WO 04/06677, WO 04/20399, or JP 2004 99597.
The compounds of the formulae I or Il of the present invention may also be combined with a fluorinated quinazolinone compound as :
Figure imgf000116_0002
1 -acetyl-3-[(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-6-(1 ,2,2,2-tetrafluoro-1 -trifluoromethyl-ethyl)- 3,4-dihydro-1 H-quinazolin-2-one.
The compounds of the formulae I or Il of the present invention also be combined with a pyrimidinyl alkynylether compounds r4 or thiadiazolyl alkynylether compounds r5:
Figure imgf000117_0001
wherein R is methyl or ethyl and Het* is 3,3-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl, 3-methylpiperidin- 1-yl, 3,5-dimethylpiperidin-1-yl, 4-methylpiperidin-1-yl, hexahydroazepin-1-yl, 2,6-dimethylhexahydroazepin-1-yl or 2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl. These compounds are described e.g. in JP 2006131529.
The commercially available compounds of the group A may be found in The Pesticide Manual, 13th Edition, British Crop Protection Council (2003) among other publications. Thiamides of formula r2 and their preparation have been described in WO 98/28279. Lepimection is known from Agro Project, PJB Publications Ltd, November 2004. Ben- clothiaz and its preparation have been described in EP-A1 454621. Methidathion and Paraoxon and their preparation have been described in Farm Chemicals Handbook, Volume 88, Meister Publishing Company, 2001. Acetoprole and its preparation have been described in WO 98/28277. Metaflumizone and its preparation have been described in EP-A1 462 456. Flupyrazofos has been described in Pesticide Science 54, 1988, p.237-243 and in US 4822779. Pyrafluprole and its preparation have been de- scribed in JP 2002193709 and in WO 01/00614. Pyriprole and its preparation have been described in WO 98/45274 and in US 6335357. Amidoflumet and its preparation have been described in US 6221890 and in JP 21010907. Flufenerim and its preparation have been described in WO 03/007717 and in WO 03/007718. Cyflumetofen and its preparation have been described in WO 04/080180.
Anthranilamide compounds of formula r3 and their preparation have been described in WO 01/70671 ; WO 02/48137; WO 03/24222, WO 03/15518, WO 04/67528; WO 04/33468; and WO 05/1 18552.
Fungicidal mixing partners are those selected from the group consisting of • acylalanines such as benalaxyl, metalaxyl, ofurace, oxadixyl, • amine derivatives such as aldimorph, dodine, dodemorph, fenpropimorph, fenpropidin, guazatine, iminoctadine, spiroxamin, tridemorph,
• anilinopyrimidines such as pyrimethanil, mepanipyrim or cyrodinyl,
• antibiotics such as cycloheximid, griseofulvin, kasugamycin, natamycin, polyoxin or streptomycin,
• azoles such as bitertanol, bromoconazole, cyproconazole, difenoconazole, diniconazole, epoxiconazole, fenbuconazole, fluquiconazole, flusilazole, hexaconazole, imazalil, metconazole, myclobutanil, penconazole, propiconazole, prochloraz, prothioconazole, tebuconazole, triadimefon, triadimenol, triflumizol, triticonazole, flutriafol,
• dicarboximides such as iprodion, myclozolin, procymidon, vinclozolin,
• dithiocarbamates such as ferbam, nabam, maneb, mancozeb, metam, metiram, propineb, polycarbamate, thiram, ziram, zineb,
• heterocyclic compounds such as anilazine, benomyl, boscalid, carbendazim, carboxin, oxycarboxin, cyazofamid, dazomet, dithianon, famoxadon, fenamidon, fenarimol, fuberidazole, flutolanil, furametpyr, isoprothiolane, mepronil, nuarimol, probenazole, proquinazid, pyrifenox, pyroquilon, quinoxyfen, silthiofam, thiabendazole, thifluzamid, thiophanate-methyl, tiadinil, tricyclazole, triforine,
• copper fungicides such as Bordeaux mixture, copper acetate, copper oxychloride, basic copper sulfate,
• nitrophenyl derivatives such as binapacryl, dinocap, dinobuton, nitrophthalisopropyl,
• phenylpyrroles such as fenpiclonil or fludioxonil,
• sulfur, • other fungicides such as acibenzolar-S-methyl, benthiavalicarb, carpropamid, chlorothalonil, cyflufenamid, cymoxanil, diclomezin, diclocymet, diethofencarb, edifenphos, ethaboxam, fenhexamid, fentin-acetate, fenoxanil, ferimzone, fluazinam, fosetyl, fosetyl-aluminum, iprovalicarb, hexachlorobenzene, metrafenon, pencycuron, propamocarb, phthalide, toloclofos-methyl, quintozene, zoxamid, • strobilurins such as azoxystrobin, dimoxystrobin, fluoxastrobin, kresoxim-methyl, metominostrobin, orysastrobin, picoxystrobin or trifloxystrobin,
• sulfenic acid derivatives such as captafol, captan, dichlofluanid, folpet, tolylfluanid,
• cinnemamides and analogs such as dimethomorph, flumetover or flumorph.
The animal pest, i.e. the insects, arachnids and nematodes, the plant, soil or water in which the plant is growing can be contacted with the present compound(s) I as well as compound(s) Il or composition(s) containing them by any application method known in the art. As such, "contacting" includes both direct contact (applying the compounds/compositions directly on the animal pest or plant - typically to the foliage, stem or roots of the plant) and indirect contact (applying the compounds/compositions to the locus of the animal pest or plant).
Moreover, animal pests may be controlled by contacting the target pest, its food supply, habitat, breeding ground or its locus with a pesticidally effective amount of compounds of formula I. As such, the application may be carried out before or after the infection of the locus, growing crops, or harvested crops by the pest.
"Locus" means a habitat, breeding ground, plant, seed, soil, area, material or environment in which a pest or parasite is growing or may grow.
In general, "pesticidally effective amount" means the amount of active ingredient needed to achieve an observable effect on growth, including the effects of necrosis, death, retardation, prevention, and removal, destruction, or otherwise diminishing the occurrence and activity of the target organism. The pesticidally effective amount can vary for the various compounds/compositions used in the invention. A pesticidally ef- fective amount of the compositions will also vary according to the prevailing conditions such as desired pesticidal effect and duration, weather, target species, locus, mode of application, and the like.
The compounds of formula I and its compositions as well as compounds of formula Il and its compositions can be used for protecting wooden materials such as trees, board fences, sleepers, etc. and buildings such as houses, outhouses, factories, but also construction materials, furniture, leathers, fibers, vinyl articles, electric wires and cables etc. from ants and/or termites, and for controlling ants and termites from doing harm to crops or human being (e.g. when the pests invade into houses and public facilities). The compounds of formula I as well as the compounds of formula Il are applied not only to the surrounding soil surface or into the under-floor soil in order to protect wooden materials but it can also be applied to lumbered articles such as surfaces of the under-floor concrete, alcove posts, beams, plywoods, furniture, etc., wooden articles such as particle boards, half boards, etc. and vinyl articles such as coated electric wires, vinyl sheets, heat insulating material such as styrene foams, etc. In case of application against ants doing harm to crops or human beings, the ant controller of the present invention is applied to the crops or the surrounding soil, or is directly applied to the nest of ants or the like. The compounds of the invention can also be applied preventively to places at which occurrence of the pests is expected.
The compounds of formula I as well as compounds of formula Il may be also used to protect growing plants from attack or infestation by pests by contacting the plant with a pesticidally effective amount of compounds of formula I. As such, "contacting" includes both direct contact (applying the compounds/compositions directly on the pest and/or plant - typically to the foliage, stem or roots of the plant) and indirect contact (applying the compounds/compositions to the locus of the pest and/or plant).
In the case of soil treatment or of application to the pests dwelling place or nest, the quantity of active ingredient ranges from 0.0001 to 500 g per 100 m2, preferably from 0.001 to 2O g per 100 m2.
Customary application rates in the protection of materials are, for example, from 0.01 g to 1000 g of active compound per m2 treated material, desirably from 0.1 g to 50 g per m2.
lnsecticidal compositions for use in the impregnation of materials typically contain from 0.001 to 95 weight %, preferably from 0.1 to 45 weight %, and more preferably from 1 to 25 weight % of at least one repellent and / or insecticide.
For use in bait compositions, the typical content of active ingredient is from 0.001 weight % to 15 weight %, desirably from 0.001 weight % to 5 weight % of active com- pound.
For use in spray compositions, the content of active ingredient is from 0.001 to 80 weights %, preferably from 0.01 to 50 weight % and most preferably from 0.01 to 15 weight %.
For use in treating crop plants, the rate of application of the active ingredients of this invention may be in the range of 0.1 g to 4000 g per hectare, desirably from 25 g to 600 g per hectare, more desirably from 50 g to 500 g per hectare.
In the treatment of seed, the application rates of the mixture are generally from 0.1 g to 10 kg per 100 kg of seed, preferably from 1 g to 5 kg per 100 kg of seed, in particular from 1 g to 200 g per 100 kg of seed.
The present invention is now illustrated in further detail by the following examples. Synthetic examples
I. Preparation of starting amines:
Example 1 : 2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenyl)-1-thien-2-yl-ethylamine
A solution of thiophene-2-carbaldehyde (2.24 g) in anhydrous toluene was cooled to 0 °C under nitrogen inert-gas atmosphere and a solution of lithium hexamethyl- disilazane (LiHMDS, 22 ml, 1.1 equiv.) was added via cannula over a 30 min period.
The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature for 2 h. After cooling to 0°C again a solution of 3,5-dimethylbenzylmagnesium chloride (50 ml, ca. 1.5 equiv.) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) was added within 10 min and the reaction mixture allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirring continued for 3 h. This solution was quenched with aqueous potassium carbonate solution (5%) and extracted with diethyl ether. The dried and concentrated ether extracts were purified by column chromatography to give the product (1.4 g) as a yellowish oil in 30 % yield. 1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ = 2.3 (s), 2.75 (dd), 3.15 (dd), 4.05 (me), 6.8-7.2 ppm (m).
Example 2: 2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenyl)-1-furan-2-yl-ethylamine
Following the procedure as described in example 1 , but using 1.92 g furan-2-carb- aldehyde the title compound was obtained in 53 % yield (2.3 g).
Example 3: 2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenyl)-1 -(1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-ethylamine
3.1 Rs-2-Methyl-propane-2-sulfinic acid 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl- methyleneamide
A solution of Rs-2-methyl-propane-2-sulfinic acid amide (1.5 g) and 1-methyl-3-trifluoro- methyl-1 H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (4.2 g) in 20 ml THF was treated with 34 g (10 equiv.) titanium tetraisopropoxide and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into 400 ml of water and the precipitating titaniumox- ides/-hydroxides removed by filtration through Celite. The filtrate was thoroughly washed with sodium bisulfite solution (ca. 20% in water) and the extract dried over magnesium sulphate. Evaporation of the solvents gave pure product (3.29 g) in 98% yield. 1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ = 1.3 (s), 4.25 (s), 7.0 (s), 8.55 ppm (s). 3.2 Rs-2-Methyl-propane-2-sulfinic acid [2-(3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)-1 -(1 -methyl-1 H- pyrazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-amide
A solution of Rs-2-methyl-propane-2-sulfinic acid 1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylene- amide (1.5 g) in 25 ml dichloromethylene was treated at -48 °C under nitrogen inert- gas atmosphere with a solution of 3,5-dimethylbenzylmagnesium chloride (15 ml in THF, ca. 0.8 molar). The solution was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred for 24 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous potassium carbonate solution (5%) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The dried and concentrated organic extracts were purified by column chromatography to give the product (2.05 g) as viscous oil in 88% yield as a mixture of two diasteroisomeres in a ca. 1 : 1 ratio
3.3 2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenyl)-1 -(1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-ethylamine
A solution of Rs 2-methyl-propane-2-sulfinic acid [2-(3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)-1-(1-methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-amide (2.0 g) in methanol (12 ml) was treated with a solution of hydrogenchloride in dioxane (12 ml, 4 N) at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous potassium carbonate solution and adjusted to pH 8-9, extracted and the organic phases dried over magnesium sulfate. After evaporation of the solvent a yellowish oil was obtained in 77% yield (1.05 g).
1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ = ca. 1.5 (br s), 2.3 (s), 2.7 (me), 3.0 (me), 3.85 (s), 4.2 (me), 6.8 (s), 8.85 (s), 7.3 (s); 7.45 ppm (s).
Example 4: 2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenyl)-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethyl]-amine
4.1 Rs-2-methyl-propane-2-sulfinic acid pyridin-3-ylmethyleneamide
Following the procedure as described in example 3.1 , Rs-2-methyl-propane-2-sulfinic acid pyridin-3-ylmethyleneamide was prepared starting from pyridine-3-carbaldehyde and Rs-2-methyl-propane-2-sulfinic acid amide.
4.2 Rs-2-Methyl-propane-2-sulfinic acid [2-(3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethyl]- amide
A solution of Rs-2-Methyl-propane-2-sulfinic acid pyridin-3-ylmethyleneamide (0.77 g) in 15 ml dichloroethane was treated at -48 °C under nitrogen inert-gas atmosphere with a solution of 3,5-dimethylbenzylmagnesium chloride (5 ml in THF, ca. 3.9 molar). The solution was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred for 24 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous potassium carbonate solution (5%) and extracted with diethyl ether. The dried and concentrated organic extracts were purified by column chromatography to give the product (90%) as a mixture of two separable diasteroisomeres in a ca. 1 : 3 ratio (less polar isomer: 170 mg, major isomer (more polar) 480 mg).
4.3 2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenyl)-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethyl]-amine
Following the procedure as described in example 3.3, the title compound was obtained.
Amines IV not described above can be prepared in an analogous manner.
II. Preparation of 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds of the formula Il
Example 5: Acetic acid 2-{3-[2-(3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)-1-thien-2-yl-ethyl]-thioureido}-ethyl ester
A solution of 2-(3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)-1-thiophen-2-yl-ethylamine (1.4 g, from example 1 ) and acetic acid 2-isothiocyanato-ethyl ester (0.75 g, prepared according to Collect. Czech. Chem Commun. 1986, 51 , 1 12-117) in toluene (15 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 12 h, evaporated and the residue purified by column chromatography to yield the product (0.5 g) as a yellowish oil.
Example 6: 1 -[2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenyl)-1 -thien-2-yl-ethyl]-3-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-thiourea
A solution of the above ethyl ester (0.43 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) and cooled to 0 °C. A solution of lithium hydroxide (55 mg) in water (20 ml) was added at room temperature and stirred overnight. Extraction with diethyl ether, washing with water and drying over magnesium sulfate gave the product after solvent-evaporation in 92 % yield (0.35 g) as viscous oil.
Compounds of the formula Il (wherein R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d are hydrogen) listed in table I below were prepared in an analogous manner. Table I:
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000124_0002
Figure imgf000125_0001
ex. = example
Me = methyl
Ph = phenyl
Ac = acetyl
DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide
# = position of attachment in formula m.p. = melting point
III. Preparation of 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds of the formula I
Example 22: (4,5-Dihydro-thiazol-2-yl)-[2-(3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)-1 -thien-2-yl-ethyl]- amine
To a solution of 1-[2-(3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)-1-thiophen-2-yl-ethyl]-3-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)- thiourea (0.30 g) from example 6 and diisopropyethylamine (0.16 g) in propionitrile (10 ml) was added cyanomethyl-trimethyl-phosphonium iodide (0.27 g, prepared according to Tetrahedron 2001 , 57, 5451-54). The reaction mixture was heated up to 90 °C for 72 h. Extraction with ethyl acetate, washing with potassium carbonate solu- tion and water followed by drying and evaporation of the solvent yielded 0.27 mg (95%) of the title compound as brownish oil.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ = 2.25 (s), 3.1 (me), 3.25 (me), 3.85 (me), 5.2 (me), 6.65 - 7.15 ppm (m).
Example 23: (4,5-Dihydro-thiazol-2-yl)-[2-(3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)-1-furan-2-yl-ethyl]- amine
Following the procedure as described in example a solution of 1-[2-(3,5-dimethyl- phenyl)-1-furan-2-yl-ethyl]-3-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-thiourea (0.46 g) and diisopropyethyl- amine (0.26 g) in propionitrile (20 ml) was treated with cyanomethyl trimethylphospho- nium iodide (0.44 g) and heated for 16 h at a temperature of 90 °C. Work-up yielded the title compound (0.30 g, 69%) as an amorphous solid.
Compounds of the formula I wherein R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d and R6are hydrogen and X is S, of table Il below were prepared in an analogous manner.
Table Il
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000127_0002
Ex. Ar Het Physico-chemical data Remark for stereo- no. (m.p. [0C]; 1H-NMR [ppm]) genie centre at *
7.3 (s), 7.5 ppm (s)
30 3,5-di-Me-Ph 173-177 0C ca. 1 : 1
N
CH3
31 3-CI-Ph 3-pyridyl 149-154 0C racemate
32 3,5-di-Me-Ph 5-methyl- de-DMSO: δ = 2.2 (s), 2.35 ca. 1 : 1
2-thienyl (s), 2.95 (me), 3.15 (me),
3.7 (me), 5.05 ( br s), 6.55
(d), 6.65 (d), 6.75 - 6.85
(m), 7.25 ppm (br s)
33 3,5-di-Me-Ph 3-methyl- de-DMSO: δ = 1.95 (s), 2.3 ca. 1 : 3
2-thienyl (s), 2.8 (me), 3.0 (me),
3.15 (t), 3.7 (me), 5.1
(br s), 6.65-6.8 (m), 7.2
(d), 7.3 ppm (br s)
34 3,5-di-Me-Ph 5-chloro- de-DMSO: δ = 2.2 (s), 2.95 ca. 1 : 2
2-thienyl (me), 3.2 (me), 3.7 (me),
5.05 (br s), 6.7-6.9 (m), 7.4 ppm (br s)
35 3,5-di-Me-Ph 4-cyano- ca. 1 : 1.5
2-thienyl 150.00 - 153.00 0C
36 3,5-di-Me-Ph 4-bromo- de-DMSO: δ =2.2 (s), 2.95 ca. 1 : 2
2-thienyl (me), 3.2 (me), 3.7 (me),
5.1 (br s), 6.8 - 6.9 (m),
7.3 - 7.5 ppm (m)
37 3,5-di-Me-Ph 3-fluoro- de-DMSO: δ = 2.2 (s), ca. 1 : 3
4-pyridyl 2.75 - 2.95 (m), 3.2 (me),
3.65 (me), 5.15 (br s),
6.6 - 6.7 (m), 7.4 - 7.6 ppm
(m), 8.4 (me)
38 3,5-di-Me-Ph 3-chloro- de-DMSO: δ = 2.2 (s), ca. 1 : 3
4-pyridyl 2.65 - 2.85 (m), 3.1 (me),
3.6 (me), 5.2 (br s),
6.8 - 6.9 (m), 7.4 - 7.6 (m),
8.5 ppm (me)
39 3,5-di-Me-Ph 5-bromo- de-DMSO: δ = 2.2 (s), 2.95 ca. 1 : 1.5
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
ex. = example
Me = methyl
Ph = phenyl
Ac = acetyl
DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide
# = position of attachment in formula I m.p. = melting point
Biological examples
Examples of action against pests
The action of the compounds of the general formualae I and Il against pests was demonstrated by the following experiments:
I. Cotton Aphid (Aphis gossypii)
Cotton plants in the cotyledon stage (variety 'Delta Pine') are infested with approxi- mately 100 laboratory-reared aphids by placing infested leaf sections on top of the test plants. The leaf sections are removed after 24 hours. The cotyledons of the intact plants are dipped into gradient solutions of the test compound. Aphid mortality on the treated plants, relative to mortality on check plants, is determined after 5 days.
In this test, compounds of example no. 6, 7, 8, 10, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 27, 31 to 39, 43, 45 to 48, 50, 53 to 55, 57 and 59 at 300 ppm showed over 70% mortality in comparison with untreated controls.
II. Green Peach Aphid (Myzus persicae)
Pepper plants in the 2nd leaf-pair stage (variety 'California Wonder') are infested with approximately 40 laboratory-reared aphids by placing infested leaf sections on top of the test plants. The leaf sections are removed after 24 hours. The leaves of the intact plants are dipped into gradient solutions of the test compound. Aphid mortality on the treated plants, relative to mortality on check plants, is determined after 5 days.
In this test, compounds of example no. 6, 7, 8, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 27, 31 to 34, 36, 37, 39, 43, 45 to 50, 53 to 57 and 59 at 300 ppm showed over 70% mortality in comparison with untreated controls.
III. Cowpea aphid {aphis craccivora)
The active compounds were formulated in 50:50 acetone:water and 0.1 % (vol/vol) Alkamuls EL 620 surfactant.
Potted cowpea beans of 7-10 days of age are inoculated with aphids 24 h before treatment by clipping a leaf infested with cowpea aphid approximately 30 individuals. The treated beans are sprayed with 5 ml. of the test solution using air driven hand atomizer (Devillbis atomizer) at 25 psi, allowed to air dry and kept at 25 - 27°C and 50 - 60% humidity for 3 days. After 72 h, mortality was assessed.
In this test, compounds of example no. 32-39, 43, 46-48, 50, 53-58 and 59 at 300 ppm showed over 70% mortality in comparison with untreated controls.
IV. Silverleaf whitefly(/bem/s/a argentifolii), adult
The active compounds were formulated in 50:50 acetone:water and 100 ppm Kinetic® surfactant.
Selected cotton plants were grown to the cotyledon state (one plant per pot). The cotyledons were dipped into the test solution to provide complete coverage of the foliage and placed in a well-vented area to dry. Each pot with treated seedling was placed in a plastic cup and 10 to 12 whitefly adults (approximately 3 - 5 day old) were introduced. The insects were colleted using an aspirator and an 0.6 cm, non-toxic Tygon® tubing (R-3603) connected to a barrier pipette tip. The tip, containing the collected insects, was then gently inserted into the soil containing the treated plant, allowing insects to crawl out of the tip to reach the foliage for feeding. The cups were covered with a reusable screened lid (150 micron mesh polyester screen PeCap from Tetko Inc). Test plants were maintained in the holding room at about 25 °C and 20 - 40% relative humidity for 3 days avoiding direct exposure to the fluorescent light (24 hour photoperiod) to prevent trapping of heat inside the cup. Mortality was assessed 3 days after treat- ment of the plants.
In this test, compound of example no. 35-36, 43, 50 and 59 at 300 ppm showed over 70% mortality in comparison with untreated controls.

Claims

Claims:
1 . 1 -(Azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1 -hetaryl-ethane compounds of the general formula I
Figure imgf000134_0001
wherein
R1, R2, R3 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, Ci-Ce-alkyl, Ci-Ce-haloalkyl, Ca-Ce-cycloalkyl, Ca-Ce-halocycloalkyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mer- capto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Cε-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and
Ci-Cβ-alkylthio, and wherein C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halo- cycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-Ce-alkyl and Ci-Ce-haloalkyl,
phenyl or benzyl, wherein the phenyl ring in the last two mentioned radicals may be unsubstituted or may carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals which are, independently of each other, by a radical selected from the group consisting of halogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, d-Cδ-haloalkyl, Ci-Ce-alkylthio, Ci-Ce-haloalkylthio, Ci-Ce-alkoxy and Ci-Ce- haloalkoxy;
A is a radical of the formulae A1 or A2:
Figure imgf000134_0002
A1 A2
wherein
X is sulfur, oxygen or NR7; R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, d-Cβ-halo- alkyl, Ci-C6-alkylamino, d-Cβ-alkoxy, d-Cβ-haloalkoxy, C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mer- capto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, d-Cβ- alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, d-Cβ-haloalkoxy and d-Cδ-alkylthio and wherein C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from C-i-Cδ-alkyl and d-Cβ-haloalkyl;
R5, R6, R7 are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, nitro, d-Cβ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, d-Cβ-alkoxy, (Ci-C6-alkoxy)methylen, d-C6-alkyl- thio, CrC6-alkylsulfinyl, Ci-C6-alkylsulfonyl, wherein the aliphatic moieties in the aforementioned radicals may be unsubstituted, par- tially or completely halogenated and/or may carry 1 , 2 or 3 radicals, which are independently of one another, selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Ce-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, d-Ce-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyl- oxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, d-Cβ-haloalkoxy and d-Cβ-alkylthio and wherein C3-C8-cycloalkyl and C3-C8-halocycloalkyl may also carry 1 ,
2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from d-Cβ-alkyl and d-Cβ-haloalkyl,
C(O)NRaRb, (SO2)NRaRb or C(=O)RC,
phenyl, phenyloxy or benzyl, wherein the phenyl ring in each of the last three mentioned radicals may be unsubstituted or may carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, d-Cβ-alkyl, d-Cβ-haloalkyl, d-Cβ-alkyl- thio, d-Cδ-haloalkylthio, d-Cβ-alkoxy and d-Cβ-haloalkoxy radicals;
Het is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring which contains 1 , 2, 3 or
4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur as ring members, wherein the heteroaromatic ring may be fused to a ring selected from phenyl, a saturated or partially unsaturated 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocycle and a fused 5-, 6- or 7-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, which contains 1 , 2 or 3 hetero- atoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members, and wherein the 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring and/or the respective fused ring carry at their carbon atoms any combination of m radicals R8 and/or may carry at its nitrogen atom, if present, a radical R9 or oxygen:
m is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4,
R8 is selected from halogen, OH, SH, NH2, SOaH, COOH, cyano, azido, nitro, CONH2, CSNH2, CH=N-OH, CH=N-O-(Ci-C6)-alkyl, Ci-Ce-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ca-Cs-cycloalkyl, Ci-C6-alkylamino, C2-C6-alkenylamino, C2-C6-alkynylamino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, di(C2-C6-alkenyl)amino, di(C2-C6-alkynyl)- amino, Ci-Cβ-alkylthio, C2-C6-alkenylthio, C2-C6-alkynylthio, Ci-Cδ-alkylsulfonyl, C2-C6-alkenylsulfonyl, C2-C6-alkynylsulfonyl, (Ci-Cδ-alkylJcarbonyl, (C2-C6-alkenyl)-carbonyl, (C2-C6-alkynyl)- carbonyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy,
(Ci-C6-alkoxy)carbonyl, (C2-C6-alkenyloxy)carbonyl, (C2-C6-alkynyloxy)-carbonyl, (Ci-Cδ-alkylJcarbonyloxy, (C2-C6-alkenyl-)carbonyl-oxy, (C2-C6-alkynyl)carbonyloxy, (Ci-Cδ-alkylJcarbonyl-amino, (C2-C6-alkenyl)carbonyl-amino, (C2-C6-alkynyl)carbonyl-amino, wherein the aliphatic parts of the aforementioned groups may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated or may carry any combination of one, two or three radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl,
Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cδ-halo- alkoxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl and Ci-Cβ-alkylthio;
C(O)NRaRb, (SO2)NRaRb, C(=O)RC, C(=S)RC,
a radical Y-Ar' or a radical Y-Cy, wherein
Y is a single bond, O, S, NH, Ci-Cβ-alkandiyl or Ci-Cβ-alkandiyloxy,
Ar' is phenyl, naphthyl or a mono- or bicyclic 5- to 10- membered heteroaromatic ring, which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members, wherein Ar' is unsubstituted or may carry any combination of 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group con- sisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and Ci-Cβ-alkylthio; Cy is C3-C8-cycloalkyl, which is unsubstituted or may carry any combination of 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Cδ-haloalkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and Ci-Ce-alkylthio;
R9 has one of the meanings given for R5;
Ar is a phenyl or naphthyl which carry any combination of n radicals R10:
n is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5,
R10 has one of the meanings given for R8;
and wherein two radicals R10 that are bound to adjacent carbon atoms of the phenyl ring may also form, together with said carbon atoms, a fused benzene ring, a fused saturated or partially unsaturated 5-, 6-, or 7-membered carbocycle or a fused 5-, 6- or 7- membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members, and wherein the fused ring is unsubstituted or may carry 1 , 2, 3 or 4 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6- alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and d-Cδ-alkylthio;
and wherein
Ra and Rb are each independently selected from one another from hydrogen, Ci-Ce-alkyl, Ci-Ce-haloalkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-haloalkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, or C2-C6-haloalkynyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cβ- alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy,
C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl and Ci-Cδ-alkyl- thio; and
Rc is selected from hydrogen, Ci-Cβ alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, Ci-C6-alkylthio,Ci-C6-alkoxy, (Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, hydrazine (Ci-C6-alkyl)hydrazino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)hydrazino, wherein the aliphatic parts of the aforementioned groups may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated or may carry any combination of one, two or three radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Ce-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Ce-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy, Ci-Cβ- haloalkyl and d-Cδ-alkylthio,
phenyl, and a mono- or bicyclic 5- to 10-membered heteroaromatic ring, which contains 1 , 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms as ring members, wherein phenyl and the heteroaromatic ring are unsubstituted or may carry any combination of 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals, independently of one another selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and Ci-Ce-alkylthio;
and the salts thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein Het is selected from the radicals of the formulae Het.1 to Het.57 as defined herein:
Figure imgf000139_0001
Het.1 Het.2 Het.3 Het.4
Figure imgf000139_0002
Het.9 Het.10 Het.11 Het.12
Figure imgf000139_0003
Het.17 Het.18 Het.19 Het. 20
Figure imgf000139_0004
Het.21 Het.22 Het. 23 Het.24
Figure imgf000140_0001
Het.25 Het.26 Het.27 Het.28
Figure imgf000140_0002
Het.29 Het.30 Het.31 Het.32
Figure imgf000140_0003
Het.33 Het.34 Het.35 Het.36
Figure imgf000140_0004
Het.37 Het.38 Het.39 Het.40
Figure imgf000140_0005
Het.41 Het.42 Het.43
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000141_0002
Het.48 Het.49 Het.50 Het.51
Figure imgf000141_0003
Het.52 Het.53 Het.54 Het.55
Figure imgf000141_0004
Het.56 Het.57
wherein # denotes the position of attachment in formula I and wherein R8A, R8B, R8C, R8D and R8E, independently of each other, are hydrogen or have one of the meanings given for R8.
The compound according to claim 2, wherein Het is selected from the radicals of formulae Het.1 , Het.2, Het.
3, Het.4, Het.5, Het.6, Het.7, Het.8, Het.9, Het.10, Het.1 1 , Het.12, Het.13, Het.14, Het.15, Het.16, Het.17, Het.18, Het.19, Het.20, Het.21 , Het.22, Het.23, Het.24, Het.25, Het.26, Het.27, Het.28, Het.29, Het.30, Het. 41 , Het.42, Het.43, Het. 49, Het.50 and Het.51.
4. The compound according to claim 3, wherein Het is selected from the radicals of formulae Het.1 , Het.2, Het.3, Het.4, Het.5, Het.6, Het.22, Het.23, Het.24, Het. 41 , Het.42 and Het.43.
5. The compound according to claim 4, wherein Het is selected from the radicals of formulae Het.1 , Het. 2, Het.3, and Het.4.
6. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein R1, R2, R3 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-haloalkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl, wherein 1 , 2 or 3 hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned aliphatic radicals may be replaced, independently of one another, by a radical selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, d-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, d-Cβ-haloalkoxy and d-Cβ-alkylthio, and wherein C3-C6-cycloalkyl and C3-C6-halocycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-Cβ-alkyl and d-Cβ-haloalkyl.
7. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein R1, R2 and R3 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen and Ci-Cβ-alkyl.
8. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein R1, R2 and R3 are hydrogen.
9. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein R4a, R4b, R4c, R4d are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, halogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl and Ci-Cβ- haloalkyl.
10. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d are hydrogen.
1 1. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein R5, R6 are, independently of each other, selected from hydrogen, cyano, nitro, C(=O)RC, wherein Rc is as defined in claim 1 , d-Cβ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl,C2-C6-alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, (Ci-C6-alkoxy)methylen, d-Cβ-alkylsulfanyl, Ci-Cβ-alkylsulfinyl and C-i-Cδ-alkylsulfonyl, wherein the aliphatic moieties in the aforementioned radicals may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated and/or may carry 1 , 2 or 3 radicals, which are independently of one another, selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, d-Cβ-alkyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, d-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and d-Cβ-alkylthio and wherein C3-Cs-cycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from d-Cβ-alkyl and d-Cβ-haloalkyl.
12. The compound according to claim 1 1 , wherein R5, R6 are each independently selected from one another from hydrogen, cyano, nitro, C(=O)RC and Ci-Cβ- alkyl.
13. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein R5, R6 are hydrogen.
14. The compound according to claim 1.wherein at least one of the integers m or n is different from 0 and wherein R8, R10 are, independently from one another, selected from halogen, OH, SH, NH2, SO3H, COOH, cyano, CONH2, C(=O)RC, Ci-Cβ-alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, Ci-Cδ-alkylamino, di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino, wherein the aliphatic moieties in the aforementioned radicals may be unsubstituted, partially or completely halogenated and/or may carry 1 , 2 or 3 radicals, which are independently of one another, selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxyl, C2-C6-alkenyl, C2-C6-alkynyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, C2-C6-alkenyloxy, C2-C6-alkynyloxy, Ci-Cβ-haloalkoxy and d-Cδ-alkylthio and wherein C3-C8-cycloalkyl may also carry 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 radicals selected from Ci-Ce-alkyl and Ci-Ce-haloalkyl.
15. The compound according to claim 13, wherein R8, R10 are independently from one another, selected from halogen, Ci-Cβ-alkyl and Ci-Cβ-alkoxy, and wherein the two last-mentioned radicals may be unsubstituted, partially or fully halogenated.
16. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein X is sulfur.
17. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein X is oxygen.
18. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein X is NR7.
19. The compound according to claim 18, wherein R7 has one of the meanings given for R5 in any of claims 1 1 to 13.
20. The compound according to claim 18, wherein R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a radical C(=O)RC and Ci-Cδ-alkyl.
21. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein m is 1 , 2 or 3.
22. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein m is 1 or 2.
23. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein n is 1 , 2 or 3.
24. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein n is 1 or 2.
25. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein the carbon atom which carries the radical A has S-configuration.
26. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein the carbon atom which carries the radical A has R-configuration.
27. A composition comprising at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and/or salt thereof and at least one carrier material.
28. A agricultural composition comprising at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl- 1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and/or a agriculturally useful salt thereof and at least one agriculturally acceptable carrier.
29. An veterinary composition comprising at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl- 1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and/or a veterinary useful salt thereof and at least one veterinary acceptable carrier.
30. A method for combating animal pests by treating the pests with at least one
1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and/or salt thereof.
31. A method of combating animal pests which comprises contacting the animal pests or the environment in which the animal pests live or growing or may live or grow or the materials, plants, seeds, soils, surfaces or spaces to be protected from animal attack or infestation with at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl- 1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and/or salt thereof.
32. A method for protecting crops from attack or infestation by animal pests, which comprises contacting a crop with at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl- 1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and/or salt thereof.
33. The method as defined in claim 31 or 32, wherein the animal pests are insects, arachnids or nematodes.
34. The method as defined in claim 31 or 32, wherein the animal pest are selected from insects of the orders Homoptera, Lepidoptera or Coleoptera and arachnids of the order of Acarina.
35. A method for the protection of seeds from soil insects and of the seedlings' roots and shoots from insects comprising contacting the seeds before sowing and/or after pregermination with at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and/or salt thereof.
36. The method according to claim 35, wherein the at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)- amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound is applied in an amount of from 0.1 g to 10 kg per 100 kg of seeds.
37. A method according to claim 35 or 36, wherein the roots and shoots of the resulting plants are protected.
38. A method according to any of claims 35 to 36, wherein the shoots of the resulting plants are protected from insects of the orders Homoptera.
39. Seed comprising at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane com- pound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and/or salt thereof.
40. The use of 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and the salt thereof for combating animal pests.
41. The use of 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and the salt thereof for protecting plants against damage by animal pest.
42. The use of 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-phenyl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and the salt thereof for combating parasites in and on animals.
43. A method for protecting animals against infestation or infection by parasites which comprises administering to the animals a parasitically effective amount of at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and/or salt thereof to the animal in need thereof.
44. A method for treating animals infestated or infected by parasites which comprises administering to the animals a parasitically effective amount of at least one 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of formula I as defined in any one of claims 1 to 26 and/or salt thereof to the animal in need thereof.
45. An 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the general formula Il
Figure imgf000146_0001
wherein Het, Ar, R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R4c and R4d are as defined in any of claims 1 to 26 and wherein Rz is hydrogen, or acetyl and the salts thereof.
46. A composition comprising at least one 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl- 1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and/or salt thereof and at least one carrier material.
47. An agricultural composition comprising at least one i-(aminothiocarbonylamino)- 2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and/or a agriculturally useful salt thereof and at least one agriculturally acceptable carrier.
48. A veterinary composition comprising at least one i-(aminothiocarbonylamino)- 2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and/or a veterinary useful salt thereof and at least one veterinary acceptable carrier.
49. A method for combating animal pests by treating the pests with at least one 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and/or salt thereof.
50. A method of combating animal pests which comprises contacting the animal pests or the environment in which the animal pests live or growing or may live or grow or the materials, plants, seeds, soils, surfaces or spaces to be protected from animal attack or infestation with at least one i-(aminothiocarbonylamino)- 2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and/or salt thereof.
51. A method for protecting crops from attack or infestation by animal pests, which comprises contacting a crop with at least one 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2- aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and/or salt thereof.
52. A method for the protection of seeds from soil insects and of the seedlings' roots and shoots from insects comprising contacting the seeds before sowing and/or after pregermination with at least one 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-
1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and/or salt thereof.
53. A method according to claim 52, wherein the roots and shoots of the resulting plants are protected.
54. A method according to any of claims 52 or 54, wherein the shoots of the resulting plants are protected from insects of the order Homoptera
55. Seed comprising at least one 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl- ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and/or salt thereof.
56. The use of 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and the salt thereof for combating animal pests.
57. The use of 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and the salt thereof for protecting plants against damage by animal pest.
58. The use of 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and the salt thereof for combating parasites in and on animals.
59. A method for protecting animals against infestation or infection by parasites which comprises administering to the animals a parasitically effective amount of at least one 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and/or salt thereof to the animal in need thereof.
60. A method for treating animals infestated or infected by parasites which comprises administering to the animals a parasitically effective amount of at least one 1-(aminothiocarbonylamino)-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compound of the formula Il as defined in claim 45 and/or salt thereof to the animal in need thereof.
PCT/EP2007/056604 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds WO2008000834A1 (en)

Priority Applications (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2007264941A AU2007264941A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds
EA200900014A EA200900014A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 SUBSTITUTED COMPOUNDS OF 1- (AZOLIN-2-IL) AMINO-2-ARYL-1-HETARILETHANE
US12/305,419 US7989394B2 (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds
MX2008016319A MX2008016319A (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds.
AP2008004724A AP2008004724A0 (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 Substituted1-yl)-azolin-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane
EP07765747A EP2041089A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds
CN2007800314613A CN101506166B (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds
JP2009517232A JP2009541452A (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 Substituted 1- (azolin-2-yl) -amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds
BRPI0713656-0A BRPI0713656A2 (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 compound, veterinary or agricultural composition, methods for combating animal pests, and for protecting seeds against soil insects and seedlings and insect roots, and
CA002655404A CA2655404A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds
IL195838A IL195838A0 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-12-10 Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US81797306P 2006-06-30 2006-06-30
US60/817,973 2006-06-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008000834A1 true WO2008000834A1 (en) 2008-01-03

Family

ID=38566223

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2007/056604 WO2008000834A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2007-06-29 Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds

Country Status (22)

Country Link
US (1) US7989394B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2041089A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2009541452A (en)
KR (1) KR20090024301A (en)
CN (1) CN101506166B (en)
AP (1) AP2008004724A0 (en)
AR (1) AR061791A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2007264941A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0713656A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2655404A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2007001927A1 (en)
CR (1) CR10491A (en)
EA (1) EA200900014A1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP089013A (en)
GT (1) GT200800302A (en)
IL (1) IL195838A0 (en)
MA (1) MA30594B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2008016319A (en)
PE (1) PE20080270A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200811166A (en)
WO (1) WO2008000834A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200900625B (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008115141A1 (en) * 2007-03-19 2008-09-25 Albireo Ab 4, 5-dihydro-1,3-thiazol-2-amine derivatives and their use in the treatment of respiratory, cardiovascular, neurological or gastrointestinal disorders
EP2070923A1 (en) * 2007-12-11 2009-06-17 Bayer CropScience AG Insecticide iminoheterocycles
US8153560B2 (en) 2007-03-01 2012-04-10 Basf Se Pesticidal active mixtures comprising aminothiazoline compounds
US8211924B2 (en) 2007-07-03 2012-07-03 Basf Se 1-(azolin-2-yl)amino-1,2-diphenylethane compounds for combating animal pests
US9145369B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2015-09-29 Bayer Cropscience Ag Process for preparing 1-alkyl-3-fluoroalkyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid chlorides
US11330815B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2022-05-17 Fmc Corporation Foam formulations and apparatus for delivery

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102008006883A1 (en) * 2008-01-31 2009-08-13 Evonik Degussa Gmbh Silica dispersion

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0097013A2 (en) 1982-06-07 1983-12-28 Eli Lilly And Company Fungicidal heterocyclic amines
US5296486A (en) * 1991-09-24 1994-03-22 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors
WO2003086271A2 (en) * 2002-04-17 2003-10-23 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Azole derivatives as antifungal agents
WO2005063724A1 (en) 2003-12-23 2005-07-14 Basf Aktiengesellschaft 1-(azolin-2-yl) amino-1,2-diphenylethane compounds for combatting insects, arachnids and nematodes
WO2006127426A2 (en) * 2005-05-19 2006-11-30 Bayer Cropscience Ag Insecticidal substituted benzylamino heterocyclic and heteroaryl derivatives

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3248003B2 (en) * 1992-05-19 2002-01-21 日本農薬株式会社 Hydrazine derivatives and agricultural and horticultural insecticides
PE20071001A1 (en) 2005-12-22 2007-10-26 Basf Ag DERIVATIVES OF 1- (AZOLIN-2-IL) -AMINO-1-PHENYL-2-HETARYL-ETHANE WITH PESTICIDAL ACTIVITY

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0097013A2 (en) 1982-06-07 1983-12-28 Eli Lilly And Company Fungicidal heterocyclic amines
US5296486A (en) * 1991-09-24 1994-03-22 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors
WO2003086271A2 (en) * 2002-04-17 2003-10-23 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Azole derivatives as antifungal agents
WO2005063724A1 (en) 2003-12-23 2005-07-14 Basf Aktiengesellschaft 1-(azolin-2-yl) amino-1,2-diphenylethane compounds for combatting insects, arachnids and nematodes
WO2006127426A2 (en) * 2005-05-19 2006-11-30 Bayer Cropscience Ag Insecticidal substituted benzylamino heterocyclic and heteroaryl derivatives

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
J. MED. CHEM., 1998, pages 2146
J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 55, 1990, pages 738 - 741
K. R. JENNINGS ET. AL.: "A Biorationally Synthesized Octopaminergic Insecticide, 2-(4-chloro-o-toluidino)-2-oxazoline.", PESTICIDE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY, vol. 30, 1988, pages 190 - 197, XP009046959 *
ORGANIC SYNTHESIS, vol. IV, 1963, pages 655 - 656
SYNTHETIC COMMUN., vol. 22, no. 18, 1992, pages 2645

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8153560B2 (en) 2007-03-01 2012-04-10 Basf Se Pesticidal active mixtures comprising aminothiazoline compounds
WO2008115141A1 (en) * 2007-03-19 2008-09-25 Albireo Ab 4, 5-dihydro-1,3-thiazol-2-amine derivatives and their use in the treatment of respiratory, cardiovascular, neurological or gastrointestinal disorders
US8211924B2 (en) 2007-07-03 2012-07-03 Basf Se 1-(azolin-2-yl)amino-1,2-diphenylethane compounds for combating animal pests
EP2070923A1 (en) * 2007-12-11 2009-06-17 Bayer CropScience AG Insecticide iminoheterocycles
WO2009074231A2 (en) * 2007-12-11 2009-06-18 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Insecticidal imino heterocycles
WO2009074231A3 (en) * 2007-12-11 2009-08-27 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Insecticidal imino heterocycles
US9145369B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2015-09-29 Bayer Cropscience Ag Process for preparing 1-alkyl-3-fluoroalkyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid chlorides
US11330815B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2022-05-17 Fmc Corporation Foam formulations and apparatus for delivery

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AP2008004724A0 (en) 2008-12-31
MA30594B1 (en) 2009-07-01
ZA200900625B (en) 2010-04-28
MX2008016319A (en) 2009-01-16
EA200900014A1 (en) 2009-06-30
IL195838A0 (en) 2009-09-01
TW200811166A (en) 2008-03-01
CN101506166B (en) 2011-08-24
JP2009541452A (en) 2009-11-26
ECSP089013A (en) 2009-02-27
AR061791A1 (en) 2008-09-24
KR20090024301A (en) 2009-03-06
CR10491A (en) 2009-03-20
PE20080270A1 (en) 2008-05-16
CN101506166A (en) 2009-08-12
CL2007001927A1 (en) 2008-05-16
BRPI0713656A2 (en) 2012-10-23
US20090131256A1 (en) 2009-05-21
GT200800302A (en) 2009-03-25
CA2655404A1 (en) 2008-01-03
AU2007264941A1 (en) 2008-01-03
EP2041089A1 (en) 2009-04-01
US7989394B2 (en) 2011-08-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20080312085A1 (en) Pesticidal Compositions
EP1960369B1 (en) Indanyl-and tetrahydronaphthyl-amino-azoline compounds for combating animal pests
US7674827B2 (en) Indanyl- and tetrahydronaphtyl-amino-thiourea compounds for combating animal pests
US7989394B2 (en) Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-2-aryl-1-hetaryl-ethane compounds
EP2176232B1 (en) 1-(azolin-2-yl)amino-1,2-diphenylethane compounds for combating animal pests
WO2008145615A2 (en) Aminoazoline and urea derivatives for combating animal pests
US20100167925A1 (en) Substituted Azolin-2-yl-Amino Compounds
WO2010029069A1 (en) Pyrrolin-2-ylamino compounds for combating animal pests
WO2009153238A1 (en) Aminothiazoline compounds for combating insects, arachnids and nematodes
WO2008074686A1 (en) Substituted 1-(azolin-2-yl)-amino-1,2-heterocyclyl-ethane compounds for combating pests
WO2009115491A1 (en) Azolin-2-ylamino compounds for combating animal pests

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200780031461.3

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07765747

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 195838

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: CR2008-010491

Country of ref document: CR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2655404

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 5150/KOLNP/2008

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12305419

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: MX/A/2008/016319

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007264941

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009517232

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008122090

Country of ref document: EG

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007765747

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 08138170

Country of ref document: CO

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200900014

Country of ref document: EA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2007264941

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20070629

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020097001836

Country of ref document: KR

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0713656

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20081226